xref: /netbsd-src/external/gpl3/binutils.old/dist/ld/ldlang.c (revision d909946ca08dceb44d7d0f22ec9488679695d976)
1 /* Linker command language support.
2    Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
3    2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 
6    This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
7 
8    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11    (at your option) any later version.
12 
13    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
16    GNU General Public License for more details.
17 
18    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
22 
23 #include "sysdep.h"
24 #include "bfd.h"
25 #include "libiberty.h"
26 #include "filenames.h"
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "obstack.h"
29 #include "bfdlink.h"
30 
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "libbfd.h"
45 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
48 
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52 
53 /* Locals variables.  */
54 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
55 static struct obstack map_obstack;
56 
57 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
58 #define obstack_chunk_free free
59 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
60 static bfd_boolean placed_commons = FALSE;
61 static bfd_boolean stripped_excluded_sections = FALSE;
62 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
63 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
64 static bfd_vma print_dot;
65 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
66 static const char *current_target;
67 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
68 static struct bfd_hash_table lang_definedness_table;
69 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
70 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
71 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
72 
73 /* Forward declarations.  */
74 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
75 static void init_map_userdata (bfd *, asection *, void *);
76 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
77 static struct bfd_hash_entry *lang_definedness_newfunc
78  (struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *);
79 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
80 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
81 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
82 			     lang_output_section_statement_type *);
83 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
84 				  lang_output_section_statement_type *);
85 static void print_statements (void);
86 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
87 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
88 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
89 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
90 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
91   (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
92 
93 /* Exported variables.  */
94 const char *output_target;
95 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
96 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
97 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
98 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
99 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
100 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
101 const char *entry_section = ".text";
102 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
103 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
104 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
105 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
106 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
107 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
108 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
109 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
110 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
111 
112  /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
113     DEFINED() need to increment this.  */
114 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
115 
116 etree_type *base; /* Relocation base - or null */
117 
118 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
119    Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
120    wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
121    be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
122    That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally.  */
123 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
124 
125 #define new_stat(x, y) \
126   (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
127 
128 #define outside_section_address(q) \
129   ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
130 
131 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
132   ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
133 
134 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
135 
136 void *
137 stat_alloc (size_t size)
138 {
139   return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
140 }
141 
142 static int
143 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
144 {
145   if (wildcardp (pattern))
146     return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
147   return strcmp (pattern, name);
148 }
149 
150 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
151    separator.  If not, return NULL.  */
152 
153 static char *
154 archive_path (const char *pattern)
155 {
156   char *p = NULL;
157 
158   if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
159     return p;
160 
161   p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
162 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
163   if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
164     return p;
165 
166   /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
167      as in "c:\silly.dos".  */
168   if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
169     p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
170 #endif
171   return p;
172 }
173 
174 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
175    return whether F matches FILE_SPEC.  */
176 
177 static bfd_boolean
178 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
179 				 lang_input_statement_type *f)
180 {
181   bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
182 
183   if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
184        || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
185       && ((sep != file_spec)
186 	  == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
187     {
188       match = TRUE;
189 
190       if (sep != file_spec)
191 	{
192 	  const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
193 	  *sep = 0;
194 	  match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
195 	  *sep = link_info.path_separator;
196 	}
197     }
198   return match;
199 }
200 
201 static bfd_boolean
202 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
203 		  const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
204 {
205   struct unique_sections *unam;
206   const char *secnam;
207 
208   if (link_info.relocatable
209       && sec->owner != NULL
210       && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
211     return !(os != NULL
212 	     && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
213 
214   secnam = sec->name;
215   for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
216     if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
217       return TRUE;
218 
219   return FALSE;
220 }
221 
222 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections.  */
223 
224 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard.  This just calls
225    the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
226    and excludes the file.  It's hardly ever present so this
227    function is very fast.  */
228 
229 static void
230 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
231 			    lang_input_statement_type *file,
232 			    asection *s,
233 			    struct wildcard_list *sec,
234 			    callback_t callback,
235 			    void *data)
236 {
237   struct name_list *list_tmp;
238 
239   /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded.  */
240   for (list_tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list;
241        list_tmp;
242        list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
243     {
244       char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
245 
246       if (p != NULL)
247 	{
248 	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
249 	    return;
250 	}
251 
252       else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
253 	return;
254 
255       /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage?  Matching
256 	 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
257 	 been superceded by the archive:path syntax.  */
258       else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
259 	       && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
260 	       && name_match (list_tmp->name,
261 			      file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
262 	return;
263     }
264 
265   (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
266 }
267 
268 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
269    but slowly.  */
270 
271 static void
272 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
273 			   lang_input_statement_type *file,
274 			   callback_t callback,
275 			   void *data)
276 {
277   asection *s;
278   struct wildcard_list *sec;
279 
280   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
281     {
282       sec = ptr->section_list;
283       if (sec == NULL)
284 	(*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
285 
286       while (sec != NULL)
287 	{
288 	  bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
289 
290 	  if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
291 	    {
292 	      const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
293 
294 	      skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
295 	    }
296 
297 	  if (!skip)
298 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
299 
300 	  sec = sec->next;
301 	}
302     }
303 }
304 
305 /* Routines to find a single section given its name.  If there's more
306    than one section with that name, we report that.  */
307 
308 typedef struct
309 {
310   asection *found_section;
311   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
312 } section_iterator_callback_data;
313 
314 static bfd_boolean
315 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
316 {
317   section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
318 
319   if (d->found_section != NULL)
320     {
321       d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
322       return TRUE;
323     }
324 
325   d->found_section = s;
326   return FALSE;
327 }
328 
329 static asection *
330 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
331 	      struct wildcard_list *sec,
332 	      bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
333 {
334   section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
335 
336   bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
337 			      section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
338   *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
339   return cb_data.found_section;
340 }
341 
342 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
343    which can be expensive because of charset translations etc.  */
344 
345 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
346    where the literal part is at least 4 characters long.  */
347 
348 static bfd_boolean
349 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
350 {
351   size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
352   return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
353 }
354 
355 static bfd_boolean
356 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
357 {
358   /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
359      non-wildcard characters.  So we can go faster.  */
360   if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
361       || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
362     return FALSE;
363 
364   pattern += 4;
365   name += 4;
366   while (*pattern != '*')
367     if (*name++ != *pattern++)
368       return FALSE;
369 
370   return TRUE;
371 }
372 
373 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
374    section name NAME.  */
375 
376 static unsigned long
377 get_init_priority (const char *name)
378 {
379   char *end;
380   unsigned long init_priority;
381 
382   /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
383      attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
384      lower value means a higher priority.
385 
386      1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
387 	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
388 	The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
389 	.fini_array is backward.
390      2: .ctors.NNNN/.ctors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
391 	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
392 	The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
393 	is forward.
394    */
395   if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
396       || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
397     {
398       init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
399       return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
400     }
401   else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
402 	   || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
403     {
404       init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
405       return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
406     }
407 
408   return 0;
409 }
410 
411 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT.  */
412 
413 static int
414 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
415 {
416   int ret;
417   unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
418 
419   switch (sort)
420     {
421     default:
422       abort ();
423 
424     case by_init_priority:
425       ainit_priority
426 	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
427       binit_priority
428 	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
429       if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
430 	goto sort_by_name;
431       ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
432       if (ret)
433 	break;
434       else
435 	goto sort_by_name;
436 
437     case by_alignment_name:
438       ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
439 	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
440       if (ret)
441 	break;
442       /* Fall through.  */
443 
444     case by_name:
445 sort_by_name:
446       ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
447 		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
448       break;
449 
450     case by_name_alignment:
451       ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
452 		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
453       if (ret)
454 	break;
455       /* Fall through.  */
456 
457     case by_alignment:
458       ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
459 	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
460       break;
461     }
462 
463   return ret;
464 }
465 
466 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
467    used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
468    of sections are large.  */
469 
470 static lang_section_bst_type **
471 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
472 		struct wildcard_list *sec,
473 		lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
474 		asection *section)
475 {
476   lang_section_bst_type **tree;
477 
478   tree = &wild->tree;
479   if (!wild->filenames_sorted
480       && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
481     {
482       /* Append at the right end of tree.  */
483       while (*tree)
484 	tree = &((*tree)->right);
485       return tree;
486     }
487 
488   while (*tree)
489     {
490       /* Find the correct node to append this section.  */
491       if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
492 	tree = &((*tree)->left);
493       else
494 	tree = &((*tree)->right);
495     }
496 
497   return tree;
498 }
499 
500 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections.  */
501 
502 static void
503 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
504 			      struct wildcard_list *sec,
505 			      asection *section,
506 			      struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
507 			      lang_input_statement_type *file,
508 			      void *output)
509 {
510   lang_section_bst_type *node;
511   lang_section_bst_type **tree;
512   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
513 
514   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
515 
516   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
517     return;
518 
519   node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
520   node->left = 0;
521   node->right = 0;
522   node->section = section;
523 
524   tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
525   if (tree != NULL)
526     *tree = node;
527 }
528 
529 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form.  */
530 
531 static void
532 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
533 				      lang_section_bst_type *tree,
534 				      void *output)
535 {
536   if (tree->left)
537     output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
538 
539   lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
540 		    (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
541 
542   if (tree->right)
543     output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
544 
545   free (tree);
546 }
547 
548 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
549    wildcards */
550 
551 static void
552 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
553 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
554 				callback_t callback,
555 				void *data)
556 {
557   /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
558      But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
559      (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
560      we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
561      get processed in the bfd's order.  */
562   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
563   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
564   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
565 
566   if (multiple_sections_found)
567     walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
568   else if (s0)
569     walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
570 }
571 
572 static void
573 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
574 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
575 				callback_t callback,
576 				void *data)
577 {
578   asection *s;
579   struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
580 
581   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
582     {
583       const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
584       bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
585 
586       if (!skip)
587 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
588     }
589 }
590 
591 static void
592 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
593 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
594 				callback_t callback,
595 				void *data)
596 {
597   asection *s;
598   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
599   struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
600   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
601   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
602 
603   if (multiple_sections_found)
604     {
605       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
606       return;
607     }
608 
609   /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
610      we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below.  */
611   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
612     {
613       /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
614 	 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
615 	 wildspec1.  */
616       if (s == s0)
617 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
618       else
619 	{
620 	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
621 	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
622 
623 	  if (!skip)
624 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
625 					data);
626 	}
627     }
628 }
629 
630 static void
631 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
632 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
633 				callback_t callback,
634 				void *data)
635 {
636   asection *s;
637   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
638   struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
639   struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
640   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
641   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
642 
643   if (multiple_sections_found)
644     {
645       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
646       return;
647     }
648 
649   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
650     {
651       if (s == s0)
652 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
653       else
654 	{
655 	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
656 	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
657 
658 	  if (!skip)
659 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
660 	  else
661 	    {
662 	      skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
663 	      if (!skip)
664 		walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
665 					    data);
666 	    }
667 	}
668     }
669 }
670 
671 static void
672 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
673 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
674 				callback_t callback,
675 				void *data)
676 {
677   asection *s;
678   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
679   struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
680   struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
681   struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
682   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
683   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
684 
685   if (multiple_sections_found)
686     {
687       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
688       return;
689     }
690 
691   s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
692   if (multiple_sections_found)
693     {
694       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
695       return;
696     }
697 
698   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
699     {
700       if (s == s0)
701 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
702       else
703 	if (s == s1)
704 	  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
705 	else
706 	  {
707 	    const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
708 	    bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
709 						   sname);
710 
711 	    if (!skip)
712 	      walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
713 					  data);
714 	    else
715 	      {
716 		skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
717 		if (!skip)
718 		  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
719 					      callback, data);
720 	      }
721 	  }
722     }
723 }
724 
725 static void
726 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
727 		   lang_input_statement_type *file,
728 		   callback_t callback,
729 		   void *data)
730 {
731   if (file->flags.just_syms)
732     return;
733 
734   (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
735 }
736 
737 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
738    something name2 can match.  We're conservative: we return FALSE
739    only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
740    first wildcard character.  */
741 
742 static bfd_boolean
743 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
744 {
745   size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
746   size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
747   size_t min_prefix_len;
748 
749   /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
750      terminating 0 as part of the prefix.  Thus ".text" won't match
751      ".text." or ".text.*", for example.  */
752   if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
753     prefix1_len++;
754   if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
755     prefix2_len++;
756 
757   min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
758 
759   return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
760 }
761 
762 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
763    statements.  */
764 
765 static void
766 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
767 {
768   int sec_count = 0;
769   int wild_name_count = 0;
770   struct wildcard_list *sec;
771   int signature;
772   int data_counter;
773 
774   ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
775   ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
776   ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
777   ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
778   ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
779   ptr->tree = NULL;
780 
781   /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
782      actually use wildcards in the name.  Also, bail out if any of the
783      wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
784      walk_wild_section used to test for it.)  And bail out if any
785      of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
786      ending in a single '*'.  */
787   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
788     {
789       ++sec_count;
790       if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
791 	return;
792       if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
793 	{
794 	  ++wild_name_count;
795 	  if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
796 	    return;
797 	}
798     }
799 
800   /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
801      happen in practice.  Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
802      happen in practice.  */
803   if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
804     return;
805 
806   /* Check that no two specs can match the same section.  */
807   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
808     {
809       struct wildcard_list *sec2;
810       for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
811 	{
812 	  if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
813 	    return;
814 	}
815     }
816 
817   signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
818   switch (signature)
819     {
820     case 0x0100:
821       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
822       break;
823     case 0x0101:
824       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
825       break;
826     case 0x0201:
827       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
828       break;
829     case 0x0302:
830       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
831       break;
832     case 0x0402:
833       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
834       break;
835     default:
836       return;
837     }
838 
839   /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
840      specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
841      names.  It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
842      given order, because we've already determined that no section
843      will match more than one spec.  */
844   data_counter = 0;
845   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
846     if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
847       ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
848   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
849     if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
850       ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
851 }
852 
853 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F.  */
854 
855 static void
856 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
857 		lang_input_statement_type *f,
858 		callback_t callback,
859 		void *data)
860 {
861   if (f->the_bfd == NULL
862       || ! bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
863     walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
864   else
865     {
866       bfd *member;
867 
868       /* This is an archive file.  We must map each member of the
869 	 archive separately.  */
870       member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
871       while (member != NULL)
872 	{
873 	  /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
874 	     entry point for the archive.  For each element of the
875 	     archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
876 	     which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
877 	     lang_input_statement.  */
878 	  if (member->usrdata != NULL)
879 	    {
880 	      walk_wild_section (s,
881 				 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
882 				 callback, data);
883 	    }
884 
885 	  member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
886 	}
887     }
888 }
889 
890 static void
891 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
892 {
893   const char *file_spec = s->filename;
894   char *p;
895 
896   if (file_spec == NULL)
897     {
898       /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list.  */
899       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
900 	{
901 	  walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
902 	}
903     }
904   else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
905     {
906       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
907 	{
908 	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
909 	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
910 	}
911     }
912   else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
913     {
914       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
915 	{
916 	  if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
917 	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
918 	}
919     }
920   else
921     {
922       lang_input_statement_type *f;
923 
924       /* Perform the iteration over a single file.  */
925       f = lookup_name (file_spec);
926       if (f)
927 	walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
928     }
929 }
930 
931 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
932    function for each node, except those inside output section statements
933    with constraint set to -1.  */
934 
935 void
936 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
937 				lang_statement_union_type *s)
938 {
939   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
940     {
941       func (s);
942 
943       switch (s->header.type)
944 	{
945 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
946 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
947 	  break;
948 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
949 	  if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
950 	    lang_for_each_statement_worker
951 	      (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
952 	  break;
953 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
954 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
955 					  s->wild_statement.children.head);
956 	  break;
957 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
958 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
959 					  s->group_statement.children.head);
960 	  break;
961 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
962 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
963 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
964 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
965 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
966 	case lang_input_section_enum:
967 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
968 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
969 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
970 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
971 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
972 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
973 	  break;
974 	default:
975 	  FAIL ();
976 	  break;
977 	}
978     }
979 }
980 
981 void
982 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
983 {
984   lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
985 }
986 
987 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
988 
989 void
990 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
991 {
992   list->head = NULL;
993   list->tail = &list->head;
994 }
995 
996 void
997 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
998 {
999   if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1000     abort ();
1001   *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1002   stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1003 }
1004 
1005 void
1006 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1007 {
1008   if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1009     abort ();
1010   stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1011 }
1012 
1013 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree.  */
1014 
1015 static lang_statement_union_type *
1016 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1017 	       size_t size,
1018 	       lang_statement_list_type *list)
1019 {
1020   lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1021 
1022   new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1023   new_stmt->header.type = type;
1024   new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1025   lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1026   return new_stmt;
1027 }
1028 
1029 /* Build a new input file node for the language.  There are several
1030    ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1031    or prefix it with a -l etc.
1032 
1033    We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1034    they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1035    foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1036    got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd.  */
1037 
1038 static lang_input_statement_type *
1039 new_afile (const char *name,
1040 	   lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1041 	   const char *target,
1042 	   bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1043 {
1044   lang_input_statement_type *p;
1045 
1046   lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1047 
1048   if (add_to_list)
1049     p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1050   else
1051     {
1052       p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1053 	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1054       p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1055       p->header.next = NULL;
1056     }
1057 
1058   memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1059 	  sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1060   p->target = target;
1061   p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1062   p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1063   p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1064   p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1065   p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1066 
1067   if (file_type == lang_input_file_is_l_enum
1068       && name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1069     {
1070       file_type = lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum;
1071       name = name + 1;
1072     }
1073 
1074   switch (file_type)
1075     {
1076     case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1077       p->filename = name;
1078       p->local_sym_name = name;
1079       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1080       p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1081       break;
1082     case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1083       p->filename = name;
1084       p->local_sym_name = name;
1085       break;
1086     case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1087       p->filename = name;
1088       p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1089       p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1090       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1091       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1092       break;
1093     case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1094       p->filename = name;
1095       p->local_sym_name = name;
1096       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1097       break;
1098     case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1099       p->filename = name;
1100       p->local_sym_name = name;
1101       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1102       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1103       break;
1104     case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1105       p->filename = name;
1106       p->local_sym_name = name;
1107       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1108       break;
1109     default:
1110       FAIL ();
1111     }
1112 
1113   lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1114 			 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1115 			 &p->next_real_file);
1116   return p;
1117 }
1118 
1119 lang_input_statement_type *
1120 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1121 		     lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1122 		     const char *target)
1123 {
1124   return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1125 }
1126 
1127 struct out_section_hash_entry
1128 {
1129   struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1130   lang_statement_union_type s;
1131 };
1132 
1133 /* The hash table.  */
1134 
1135 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1136 
1137 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1138    initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table.  */
1139 
1140 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1141 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1142 				  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1143 				  const char *string)
1144 {
1145   lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1146   struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1147 
1148   if (entry == NULL)
1149     {
1150       entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1151 							   sizeof (*ret));
1152       if (entry == NULL)
1153 	return entry;
1154     }
1155 
1156   entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1157   if (entry == NULL)
1158     return entry;
1159 
1160   ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1161   memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1162   ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1163   ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1;
1164   ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1;
1165   ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1166   lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1167   lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1168 
1169   /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1170      first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1171      field of the last element of the list.  */
1172   if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1173     ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1174       = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1175 	 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1176 	  - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1177 
1178   /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1179      address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1180      instead.  */
1181   nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1182   lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1183 			 &ret->s,
1184 			 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1185   return &ret->root;
1186 }
1187 
1188 static void
1189 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1190 {
1191   if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1192 			      output_section_statement_newfunc,
1193 			      sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1194 			      61))
1195     einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1196 }
1197 
1198 static void
1199 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1200 {
1201   bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1202 }
1203 
1204 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree.  */
1205 
1206 void
1207 lang_init (void)
1208 {
1209   obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1210 
1211   stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1212 
1213   output_section_statement_table_init ();
1214 
1215   lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1216 
1217   lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1218   lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1219   lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1220   first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1221 				    NULL);
1222   abs_output_section =
1223     lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1224 
1225   abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1226 
1227   /* The value "3" is ad-hoc, somewhat related to the expected number of
1228      DEFINED expressions in a linker script.  For most default linker
1229      scripts, there are none.  Why a hash table then?  Well, it's somewhat
1230      simpler to re-use working machinery than using a linked list in terms
1231      of code-complexity here in ld, besides the initialization which just
1232      looks like other code here.  */
1233   if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&lang_definedness_table,
1234 			      lang_definedness_newfunc,
1235 			      sizeof (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry),
1236 			      3))
1237     einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1238 }
1239 
1240 void
1241 lang_finish (void)
1242 {
1243   output_section_statement_table_free ();
1244 }
1245 
1246 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1247   A region is an area of memory declared with the
1248   MEMORY {  name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1249   syntax.
1250 
1251   We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1252 
1253   If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1254   which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1255 
1256   If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1257   In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1258   already been created.  If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1259   dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1260   and so we issue a warning.
1261 
1262   Each region has at least one name.  The first name is either
1263   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block.  You can add
1264   alias names to an existing region within a script with
1265   REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name).  Each name corresponds to at most one
1266   region.  */
1267 
1268 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1269 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1270   = &lang_memory_region_list;
1271 
1272 lang_memory_region_type *
1273 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1274 {
1275   lang_memory_region_name *n;
1276   lang_memory_region_type *r;
1277   lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1278 
1279   /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified.  */
1280   if (name == NULL)
1281     return NULL;
1282 
1283   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1284     for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1285       if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1286 	{
1287 	  if (create)
1288 	    einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1289 		   NULL, name);
1290 	  return r;
1291 	}
1292 
1293   if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1294     einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1295 	   NULL, name);
1296 
1297   new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1298       stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1299 
1300   new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1301   new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1302   new_region->next = NULL;
1303   new_region->origin = 0;
1304   new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1305   new_region->current = 0;
1306   new_region->last_os = NULL;
1307   new_region->flags = 0;
1308   new_region->not_flags = 0;
1309   new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1310 
1311   *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1312   lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1313 
1314   return new_region;
1315 }
1316 
1317 void
1318 lang_memory_region_alias (const char * alias, const char * region_name)
1319 {
1320   lang_memory_region_name * n;
1321   lang_memory_region_type * r;
1322   lang_memory_region_type * region;
1323 
1324   /* The default region must be unique.  This ensures that it is not necessary
1325      to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1326      the default memory region.  */
1327   if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1328       || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1329     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1330 
1331   /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1332      in use.  */
1333   region = NULL;
1334   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1335     for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1336       {
1337 	if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1338 	  region = r;
1339 	if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1340 	  einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: redefinition of memory region "
1341 		   "alias `%s'\n"),
1342 		 NULL, alias);
1343       }
1344 
1345   /* Check if the target region exists.  */
1346   if (region == NULL)
1347     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: memory region `%s' "
1348 	     "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1349 	   NULL, region_name, alias);
1350 
1351   /* Add alias to region name list.  */
1352   n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1353   n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1354   n->next = region->name_list.next;
1355   region->name_list.next = n;
1356 }
1357 
1358 static lang_memory_region_type *
1359 lang_memory_default (asection * section)
1360 {
1361   lang_memory_region_type *p;
1362 
1363   flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1364 
1365   /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section.  */
1366   if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1367     sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1368 
1369   for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1370     {
1371       if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1372 	  && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1373 	{
1374 	  return p;
1375 	}
1376     }
1377   return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1378 }
1379 
1380 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1381    If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1382    match any non-negative constraint.  If CREATE, always make a
1383    new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT.  */
1384 
1385 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1386 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1387 				      int constraint,
1388 				      bfd_boolean create)
1389 {
1390   struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1391 
1392   entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1393 	   bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1394 			    create, FALSE));
1395   if (entry == NULL)
1396     {
1397       if (create)
1398 	einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1399       return NULL;
1400     }
1401 
1402   if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1403     {
1404       /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1405 	 constraint.  */
1406       struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1407 
1408       name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1409       if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1410 	/* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1411 	   and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1412 	   but that shouldn't matter.  */
1413 	last_ent = entry;
1414       else
1415 	do
1416 	  {
1417 	    if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1418 		|| (constraint == 0
1419 		    && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1420 	      return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1421 	    last_ent = entry;
1422 	    entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1423 	  }
1424 	while (entry != NULL
1425 	       && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1426 
1427       if (!create)
1428 	return NULL;
1429 
1430       entry
1431 	= ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1432 	   output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1433 					     &output_section_statement_table,
1434 					     name));
1435       if (entry == NULL)
1436 	{
1437 	  einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1438 	  return NULL;
1439 	}
1440       entry->root = last_ent->root;
1441       last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1442     }
1443 
1444   entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1445   entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1446   return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1447 }
1448 
1449 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1450    If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1451    match any non-negative constraint.  */
1452 
1453 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1454 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1455 					int constraint)
1456 {
1457   /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1458      struct out_section_hash_entry.  */
1459   struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1460     ((char *) os
1461      - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1462   const char *name = os->name;
1463 
1464   ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1465   do
1466     {
1467       entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1468       if (entry == NULL
1469 	  || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1470 	return NULL;
1471     }
1472   while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1473 	 && (constraint != 0
1474 	     || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1475 
1476   return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1477 }
1478 
1479 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1480    Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1481    statement for SEC.  If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1482    sets *EXACT too.  */
1483 
1484 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1485 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1486 				   lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1487 				   lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1488 {
1489   lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1490   flagword flags;
1491 
1492   /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*.  May as well
1493      skip it.  */
1494   first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1495   first = first->next;
1496 
1497   /* First try for an exact match.  */
1498   found = NULL;
1499   for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1500     {
1501       flags = look->flags;
1502       if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1503 	{
1504 	  flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1505 	  if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1506 					 look->bfd_section,
1507 					 sec->owner, sec))
1508 	    continue;
1509 	}
1510       flags ^= sec->flags;
1511       if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1512 		     | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1513 	found = look;
1514     }
1515   if (found != NULL)
1516     {
1517       if (exact != NULL)
1518 	*exact = found;
1519       return found;
1520     }
1521 
1522   if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1523       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1524     {
1525       /* Try for a rw code section.  */
1526       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1527 	{
1528 	  flags = look->flags;
1529 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1530 	    {
1531 	      flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1532 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1533 					     look->bfd_section,
1534 					     sec->owner, sec))
1535 		continue;
1536 	    }
1537 	  flags ^= sec->flags;
1538 	  if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1539 			 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1540 	    found = look;
1541 	}
1542     }
1543   else if ((sec->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0
1544 	   && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1545     {
1546       /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata.  */
1547       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1548 	{
1549 	  flags = look->flags;
1550 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1551 	    {
1552 	      flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1553 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1554 					     look->bfd_section,
1555 					     sec->owner, sec))
1556 		continue;
1557 	    }
1558 	  flags ^= sec->flags;
1559 	  if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1560 			 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1561 	      || (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1562 			     | SEC_READONLY))
1563 		  && !(look->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1564 	      || (!(flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC))
1565 		  && (look->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
1566 		  && (!(flags & SEC_LOAD)
1567 		      || (look->flags & SEC_LOAD))))
1568 	    found = look;
1569 	}
1570     }
1571   else if ((sec->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1572 	   && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1573     {
1574       /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata.  */
1575       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1576 	{
1577 	  flags = look->flags;
1578 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1579 	    {
1580 	      flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1581 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1582 					     look->bfd_section,
1583 					     sec->owner, sec))
1584 		continue;
1585 	    }
1586 	  flags ^= sec->flags;
1587 	  if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1588 			 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1589 	      || ((look->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1590 		  && !(sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1591 	    found = look;
1592 	}
1593     }
1594   else if ((sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1595 	   && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1596     {
1597       /* .data goes after .rodata.  */
1598       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1599 	{
1600 	  flags = look->flags;
1601 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1602 	    {
1603 	      flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1604 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1605 					     look->bfd_section,
1606 					     sec->owner, sec))
1607 		continue;
1608 	    }
1609 	  flags ^= sec->flags;
1610 	  if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1611 			 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1612 	    found = look;
1613 	}
1614     }
1615   else if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1616     {
1617       /* .bss goes after any other alloc section.  */
1618       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1619 	{
1620 	  flags = look->flags;
1621 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1622 	    {
1623 	      flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1624 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1625 					     look->bfd_section,
1626 					     sec->owner, sec))
1627 		continue;
1628 	    }
1629 	  flags ^= sec->flags;
1630 	  if (!(flags & SEC_ALLOC))
1631 	    found = look;
1632 	}
1633     }
1634   else
1635     {
1636       /* non-alloc go last.  */
1637       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1638 	{
1639 	  flags = look->flags;
1640 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1641 	    flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1642 	  flags ^= sec->flags;
1643 	  if (!(flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1644 	    found = look;
1645 	}
1646       return found;
1647     }
1648 
1649   if (found || !match_type)
1650     return found;
1651 
1652   return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, NULL, NULL);
1653 }
1654 
1655 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1656    Used by place_orphan.  */
1657 
1658 static asection *
1659 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1660 {
1661   lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1662 
1663   for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1664     {
1665       if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1666 	continue;
1667 
1668       if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1669 	return lookup->bfd_section;
1670     }
1671 
1672   return NULL;
1673 }
1674 
1675 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement.  The
1676    idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1677    statement in a script, before we find another output section
1678    statement.  Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1679    are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases;  The first
1680    assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1681    Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1682    similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1683    insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1684    image symbols.  */
1685 
1686 static lang_statement_union_type **
1687 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1688 {
1689   lang_statement_union_type **where;
1690   lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1691   bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1692 
1693   ignore_first
1694     = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1695 
1696   for (where = &after->header.next;
1697        *where != NULL;
1698        where = &(*where)->header.next)
1699     {
1700       switch ((*where)->header.type)
1701 	{
1702 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1703 	  if (assign == NULL)
1704 	    {
1705 	      lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1706 
1707 	      ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1708 	      if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1709 		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1710 		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1711 		  && !ignore_first)
1712 		assign = where;
1713 	    }
1714 	  ignore_first = FALSE;
1715 	  continue;
1716 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1717 	case lang_input_section_enum:
1718 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1719 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1720 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
1721 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1722 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1723 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1724 	  assign = NULL;
1725 	  continue;
1726 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1727 	  if (assign != NULL)
1728 	    {
1729 	      asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1730 
1731 	      if (s == NULL
1732 		  || s->map_head.s == NULL
1733 		  || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1734 		where = assign;
1735 	    }
1736 	  break;
1737 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
1738 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
1739 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
1740 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
1741 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
1742 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1743 	  continue;
1744 	}
1745       break;
1746     }
1747 
1748   return where;
1749 }
1750 
1751 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1752 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1753 		    const char *secname,
1754 		    int constraint,
1755 		    lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1756 		    struct orphan_save *place,
1757 		    etree_type *address,
1758 		    lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1759 {
1760   lang_statement_list_type add;
1761   const char *ps;
1762   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1763   lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1764 
1765   /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1766      statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1767      inserting them later into the global statement list.  */
1768   if (after != NULL)
1769     {
1770       lang_list_init (&add);
1771       push_stat_ptr (&add);
1772     }
1773 
1774   if (link_info.relocatable || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1775     address = exp_intop (0);
1776 
1777   os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1778 	     lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1779   os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1780 					    NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint);
1781 
1782   ps = NULL;
1783   if (config.build_constructors && *os_tail == os)
1784     {
1785       /* If the name of the section is representable in C, then create
1786 	 symbols to mark the start and the end of the section.  */
1787       for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
1788 	if (! ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
1789 	  break;
1790       if (*ps == '\0')
1791 	{
1792 	  char *symname;
1793 
1794 	  symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - secname + sizeof "__start_" + 1);
1795 	  symname[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
1796 	  sprintf (symname + (symname[0] != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
1797 	  lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (symname,
1798 					    exp_nameop (NAME, "."),
1799 					    FALSE));
1800 	}
1801     }
1802 
1803   if (add_child == NULL)
1804     add_child = &os->children;
1805   lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1806 
1807   if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1808     {
1809       const char *region = (after->region
1810 			    ? after->region->name_list.name
1811 			    : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1812       const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1813 				? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1814 				: NULL);
1815       lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1816 					   lma_region);
1817     }
1818   else
1819     lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1820 					 NULL);
1821 
1822   if (ps != NULL && *ps == '\0')
1823     {
1824       char *symname;
1825 
1826       symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - secname + sizeof "__stop_" + 1);
1827       symname[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
1828       sprintf (symname + (symname[0] != 0), "__stop_%s", secname);
1829       lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (symname,
1830 					exp_nameop (NAME, "."),
1831 					FALSE));
1832     }
1833 
1834   /* Restore the global list pointer.  */
1835   if (after != NULL)
1836     pop_stat_ptr ();
1837 
1838   if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1839     {
1840       asection *snew, *as;
1841 
1842       snew = os->bfd_section;
1843 
1844       /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1845 	 neater.  This is really only cosmetic.  */
1846       if (place->section == NULL
1847 	  && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1848 		       ->output_section_statement))
1849 	{
1850 	  asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1851 
1852 	  /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1853 	     sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1854 	     look for the closest prior output statement having an
1855 	     output section.  */
1856 	  if (bfd_section == NULL)
1857 	    bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1858 
1859 	  if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1860 	    place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1861 	}
1862 
1863       if (place->section == NULL)
1864 	place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1865 
1866       as = *place->section;
1867 
1868       if (!as)
1869 	{
1870 	  /* Put the section at the end of the list.  */
1871 
1872 	  /* Unlink the section.  */
1873 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1874 
1875 	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1876 	  bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1877 	}
1878       else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
1879 	{
1880 	  /* Unlink the section.  */
1881 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1882 
1883 	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1884 	  bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
1885 	}
1886 
1887       /* Save the end of this list.  Further ophans of this type will
1888 	 follow the one we've just added.  */
1889       place->section = &snew->next;
1890 
1891       /* The following is non-cosmetic.  We try to put the output
1892 	 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
1893 	 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
1894 	 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
1895 	 require extra segments.  For instance, given a typical
1896 	 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
1897 	 following that a segment containing all the read-write
1898 	 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
1899 	 section before or amongst the read-only ones.  */
1900       if (add.head != NULL)
1901 	{
1902 	  lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
1903 
1904 	  if (place->stmt == NULL)
1905 	    {
1906 	      lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
1907 
1908 	      *add.tail = *where;
1909 	      *where = add.head;
1910 
1911 	      place->os_tail = &after->next;
1912 	    }
1913 	  else
1914 	    {
1915 	      /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added.  */
1916 	      *add.tail = *place->stmt;
1917 	      *place->stmt = add.head;
1918 	    }
1919 
1920 	  /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
1921 	     new list at the tail.  */
1922 	  if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
1923 	    stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
1924 
1925 	  /* Save the end of this list.  */
1926 	  place->stmt = add.tail;
1927 
1928 	  /* Do the same for the list of output section statements.  */
1929 	  newly_added_os = *os_tail;
1930 	  *os_tail = NULL;
1931 	  newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1932 	    ((char *) place->os_tail
1933 	     - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
1934 	  newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
1935 	  if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
1936 	    newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
1937 	  *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
1938 	  place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
1939 
1940 	  /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
1941 	     We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
1942 	     trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
1943 	     assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
1944 	     the same place when assigning *place->os_tail.  */
1945 	  if (*os_tail == NULL)
1946 	    lang_output_section_statement.tail
1947 	      = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
1948 	}
1949     }
1950   return os;
1951 }
1952 
1953 static void
1954 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
1955 {
1956   if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
1957     minfo ("a");
1958 
1959   if (flag & SEC_CODE)
1960     minfo ("x");
1961 
1962   if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
1963     minfo ("r");
1964 
1965   if (flag & SEC_DATA)
1966     minfo ("w");
1967 
1968   if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
1969     minfo ("l");
1970 }
1971 
1972 void
1973 lang_map (void)
1974 {
1975   lang_memory_region_type *m;
1976   bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
1977   bfd *p;
1978 
1979   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
1980     {
1981       asection *s;
1982 
1983       if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
1984 	  || file->flags.just_syms)
1985 	continue;
1986 
1987       for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1988 	if ((s->output_section == NULL
1989 	     || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
1990 	    && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
1991 	  {
1992 	    if (! dis_header_printed)
1993 	      {
1994 		fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
1995 		dis_header_printed = TRUE;
1996 	      }
1997 
1998 	    print_input_section (s, TRUE);
1999 	  }
2000     }
2001 
2002   minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2003   fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2004 	   _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2005 
2006   for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2007     {
2008       char buf[100];
2009       int len;
2010 
2011       fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2012 
2013       sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2014       minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2015       len = strlen (buf);
2016       while (len < 16)
2017 	{
2018 	  print_space ();
2019 	  ++len;
2020 	}
2021 
2022       minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2023       if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2024 	{
2025 #ifndef BFD64
2026 	  minfo ("        ");
2027 #endif
2028 	  if (m->flags)
2029 	    {
2030 	      print_space ();
2031 	      lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2032 	    }
2033 
2034 	  if (m->not_flags)
2035 	    {
2036 	      minfo (" !");
2037 	      lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2038 	    }
2039 	}
2040 
2041       print_nl ();
2042     }
2043 
2044   fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2045 
2046   if (! link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2047     {
2048       obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2049       for (p = link_info.input_bfds; p != (bfd *) NULL; p = p->link_next)
2050 	bfd_map_over_sections (p, init_map_userdata, 0);
2051       bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2052     }
2053   lang_statement_iteration ++;
2054   print_statements ();
2055 }
2056 
2057 static void
2058 init_map_userdata (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2059 		   asection *sec,
2060 		   void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2061 {
2062   fat_section_userdata_type *new_data
2063     = ((fat_section_userdata_type *) (stat_alloc
2064 				      (sizeof (fat_section_userdata_type))));
2065 
2066   ASSERT (get_userdata (sec) == NULL);
2067   get_userdata (sec) = new_data;
2068   new_data->map_symbol_def_tail = &new_data->map_symbol_def_head;
2069   new_data->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2070 }
2071 
2072 static bfd_boolean
2073 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2074 		 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2075 {
2076   if (hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2077       || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2078     {
2079       struct fat_user_section_struct *ud;
2080       struct map_symbol_def *def;
2081 
2082       ud = (struct fat_user_section_struct *)
2083 	  get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2084       if  (! ud)
2085 	{
2086 	  /* ??? What do we have to do to initialize this beforehand?  */
2087 	  /* The first time we get here is bfd_abs_section...  */
2088 	  init_map_userdata (0, hash_entry->u.def.section, 0);
2089 	  ud = (struct fat_user_section_struct *)
2090 	      get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2091 	}
2092       else if  (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2093 	ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2094 
2095       def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2096       def->entry = hash_entry;
2097       *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2098       ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2099       ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2100     }
2101   return TRUE;
2102 }
2103 
2104 /* Initialize an output section.  */
2105 
2106 static void
2107 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2108 {
2109   if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2110     einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2111 
2112   if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2113     s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2114   if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2115     s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2116 							 s->name, flags);
2117   if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2118     {
2119       einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section called %s\n"),
2120 	     link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2121     }
2122   s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2123   s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2124 
2125   if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2126     {
2127       fat_section_userdata_type *new_userdata = (fat_section_userdata_type *)
2128 	stat_alloc (sizeof (fat_section_userdata_type));
2129       memset (new_userdata, 0, sizeof (fat_section_userdata_type));
2130       get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = new_userdata;
2131     }
2132 
2133   /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2134      mention are initialized.  */
2135   if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2136     exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2137 
2138   if (s->load_base != NULL)
2139     exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2140 
2141   /* If supplied an alignment, set it.  */
2142   if (s->section_alignment != -1)
2143     s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment;
2144 }
2145 
2146 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2147    initialized.  */
2148 
2149 static void
2150 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2151 {
2152   switch (exp->type.node_class)
2153     {
2154     case etree_assign:
2155     case etree_provide:
2156       exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2157       break;
2158 
2159     case etree_binary:
2160       exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2161       exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2162       break;
2163 
2164     case etree_trinary:
2165       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2166       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2167       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2168       break;
2169 
2170     case etree_assert:
2171       exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2172       break;
2173 
2174     case etree_unary:
2175       exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2176       break;
2177 
2178     case etree_name:
2179       switch (exp->type.node_code)
2180 	{
2181 	case ADDR:
2182 	case LOADADDR:
2183 	case SIZEOF:
2184 	  {
2185 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2186 
2187 	    os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2188 	    if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2189 	      init_os (os, 0);
2190 	  }
2191 	}
2192       break;
2193 
2194     default:
2195       break;
2196     }
2197 }
2198 
2199 static void
2200 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2201 {
2202   lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2203 
2204   /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2205      discard all sections.  */
2206   if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2207     {
2208       bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2209       return;
2210     }
2211 
2212   if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2213     bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2214 }
2215 
2216 /* The wild routines.
2217 
2218    These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2219    explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2220    foo.o(.text, .data).  */
2221 
2222 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT.  Do this by creating a
2223    lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR.  */
2224 
2225 void
2226 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2227 		  asection *section,
2228 		  struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2229 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2230 {
2231   flagword flags = section->flags;
2232 
2233   bfd_boolean discard;
2234   lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2235   bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2236 
2237   /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
2238   discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2239 
2240   /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2241      DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.  */
2242   if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2243     discard = TRUE;
2244 
2245   /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2246      information.  */
2247   if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2248       && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2249     discard = TRUE;
2250 
2251   if (discard)
2252     {
2253       if (section->output_section == NULL)
2254 	{
2255 	  /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section.  */
2256 	  section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2257 	}
2258       return;
2259     }
2260 
2261   if (sflag_info)
2262     {
2263       bfd_boolean keep;
2264 
2265       keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2266       if (!keep)
2267 	return;
2268     }
2269 
2270   if (section->output_section != NULL)
2271     return;
2272 
2273   /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2274      to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2275      SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2276      section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2277      build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2278      the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill.  */
2279   flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2280 
2281   /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2282      already been processed.  One reason to do this is that on pe
2283      format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2284      to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set.  */
2285 
2286   if (!link_info.relocatable)
2287     flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2288 
2289   switch (output->sectype)
2290     {
2291     case normal_section:
2292     case overlay_section:
2293       break;
2294     case noalloc_section:
2295       flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2296       break;
2297     case noload_section:
2298       flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2299       flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2300       /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2301 	 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts.  ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2302 	 alloc, no contents section.  All others get a noload, noalloc
2303 	 section.  */
2304       if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2305 	flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2306       else
2307 	flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2308       break;
2309     }
2310 
2311   if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2312     init_os (output, flags);
2313 
2314   /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2315      it from the output section.  */
2316   output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2317 
2318   if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2319     {
2320       /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section.  */
2321       flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2322 
2323       /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same.  */
2324       if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2325 	  != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2326 	  || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2327 	      && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2328 	{
2329 	  output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2330 	  flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2331 	}
2332     }
2333   output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2334 
2335   if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2336     {
2337       output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2338       /* This must happen after flags have been updated.  The output
2339 	 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2340 	 section, eg. for a data statement.  */
2341       bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2342 				     link_info.output_bfd,
2343 				     output->bfd_section,
2344 				     &link_info);
2345       if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2346 	output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2347     }
2348 
2349   if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2350       && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2351     {
2352       /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd...  */
2353       output->block_value = 128;
2354     }
2355 
2356   if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2357     output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2358 
2359   section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2360 
2361   if (!link_info.relocatable
2362       && !stripped_excluded_sections)
2363     {
2364       asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2365       output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2366       section->map_head.s = NULL;
2367       section->map_tail.s = s;
2368       if (s != NULL)
2369 	s->map_head.s = section;
2370       else
2371 	output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2372     }
2373 
2374   /* Add a section reference to the list.  */
2375   new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2376   new_section->section = section;
2377 }
2378 
2379 /* Handle wildcard sorting.  This returns the lang_input_section which
2380    should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2381    based on the sorting requirements of WILD.  It returns NULL if the
2382    new section should just go at the end of the current list.  */
2383 
2384 static lang_statement_union_type *
2385 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2386 	   struct wildcard_list *sec,
2387 	   lang_input_statement_type *file,
2388 	   asection *section)
2389 {
2390   lang_statement_union_type *l;
2391 
2392   if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2393       && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2394     return NULL;
2395 
2396   for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2397     {
2398       lang_input_section_type *ls;
2399 
2400       if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2401 	continue;
2402       ls = &l->input_section;
2403 
2404       /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2405 	 name.  */
2406 
2407       if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2408 	{
2409 	  const char *fn, *ln;
2410 	  bfd_boolean fa, la;
2411 	  int i;
2412 
2413 	  /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2414 	     dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2415 	     the archive and then the name of the file within the
2416 	     archive.  */
2417 
2418 	  if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2419 	      && bfd_my_archive (file->the_bfd) != NULL)
2420 	    {
2421 	      fn = bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (file->the_bfd));
2422 	      fa = TRUE;
2423 	    }
2424 	  else
2425 	    {
2426 	      fn = file->filename;
2427 	      fa = FALSE;
2428 	    }
2429 
2430 	  if (bfd_my_archive (ls->section->owner) != NULL)
2431 	    {
2432 	      ln = bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (ls->section->owner));
2433 	      la = TRUE;
2434 	    }
2435 	  else
2436 	    {
2437 	      ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2438 	      la = FALSE;
2439 	    }
2440 
2441 	  i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2442 	  if (i > 0)
2443 	    continue;
2444 	  else if (i < 0)
2445 	    break;
2446 
2447 	  if (fa || la)
2448 	    {
2449 	      if (fa)
2450 		fn = file->filename;
2451 	      if (la)
2452 		ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2453 
2454 	      i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2455 	      if (i > 0)
2456 		continue;
2457 	      else if (i < 0)
2458 		break;
2459 	    }
2460 	}
2461 
2462       /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2463 	 looking at the sections for this file.  */
2464 
2465       if (sec != NULL
2466 	  && sec->spec.sorted != none
2467 	  && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2468 	if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2469 	  break;
2470     }
2471 
2472   return l;
2473 }
2474 
2475 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE.  SECTION may be
2476    NULL, in which case it is a wild card.  */
2477 
2478 static void
2479 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2480 			 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2481 			 asection *section,
2482 			 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2483 			 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2484 			 void *output)
2485 {
2486   lang_statement_union_type *before;
2487   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2488 
2489   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2490 
2491   /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2492   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2493     return;
2494 
2495   before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2496 
2497   /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2498      should follow the one we are about to add.  If BEFORE
2499      is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2500      of the current list.  */
2501 
2502   if (before == NULL)
2503     lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2504   else
2505     {
2506       lang_statement_list_type list;
2507       lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2508 
2509       lang_list_init (&list);
2510       lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2511 
2512       /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2513 	 be NULL.  */
2514       if (list.head != NULL)
2515 	{
2516 	  ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2517 
2518 	  for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2519 	       *pp != before;
2520 	       pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2521 	    ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2522 
2523 	  list.head->header.next = *pp;
2524 	  *pp = list.head;
2525 	}
2526     }
2527 }
2528 
2529 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2530    are readonly.  */
2531 
2532 static void
2533 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2534 			struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2535 			asection *section,
2536 			struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2537 			lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2538 			void *output)
2539 {
2540   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2541 
2542   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2543 
2544   /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2545   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2546     return;
2547 
2548   if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2549     os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2550 }
2551 
2552 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2553    added to the statement tree.  We will see if it has been opened
2554    already and had its symbols read.  If not then we'll read it.  */
2555 
2556 static lang_input_statement_type *
2557 lookup_name (const char *name)
2558 {
2559   lang_input_statement_type *search;
2560 
2561   for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2562        search != NULL;
2563        search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2564     {
2565       /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2566 	 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2567 	 via the search directory lookup mechanism.  */
2568       const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2569 
2570       if (filename != NULL
2571 	  && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2572 	break;
2573     }
2574 
2575   if (search == NULL)
2576     search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2577 			default_target, FALSE);
2578 
2579   /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2580      don't add this file.  */
2581   if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2582     return search;
2583 
2584   if (! load_symbols (search, NULL))
2585     return NULL;
2586 
2587   return search;
2588 }
2589 
2590 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported.  */
2591 
2592 struct excluded_lib
2593 {
2594   char *name;
2595   struct excluded_lib *next;
2596 };
2597 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2598 
2599 void
2600 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2601 {
2602   const char *p = list, *end;
2603 
2604   while (*p != '\0')
2605     {
2606       struct excluded_lib *entry;
2607       end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2608       if (end == NULL)
2609 	end = p + strlen (p);
2610       entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2611       entry->next = excluded_libs;
2612       entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2613       memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2614       entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2615       excluded_libs = entry;
2616       if (*end == '\0')
2617 	break;
2618       p = end + 1;
2619     }
2620 }
2621 
2622 static void
2623 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2624 {
2625   struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2626 
2627   while (lib)
2628     {
2629       int len = strlen (lib->name);
2630       const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2631 
2632       if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2633 	{
2634 	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2635 	  return;
2636 	}
2637 
2638       if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2639 	  && (filename[len] == '\0'
2640 	      || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2641 		  && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2642 	{
2643 	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2644 	  return;
2645 	}
2646 
2647       lib = lib->next;
2648     }
2649 }
2650 
2651 /* Get the symbols for an input file.  */
2652 
2653 bfd_boolean
2654 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2655 	      lang_statement_list_type *place)
2656 {
2657   char **matching;
2658 
2659   if (entry->flags.loaded)
2660     return TRUE;
2661 
2662   ldfile_open_file (entry);
2663 
2664   /* Do not process further if the file was missing.  */
2665   if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2666     return TRUE;
2667 
2668   if (! bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2669       && ! bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2670     {
2671       bfd_error_type err;
2672       struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2673       extern FILE *yyin;
2674 
2675       err = bfd_get_error ();
2676 
2677       /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge.  */
2678       if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2679 	return TRUE;
2680 
2681       if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2682 	{
2683 	  char **p;
2684 
2685 	  einfo (_("%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2686 	  einfo (_("%B: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2687 	  for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2688 	    einfo (" %s", *p);
2689 	  einfo ("%F\n");
2690 	}
2691       else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2692 	       || place == NULL)
2693 	einfo (_("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2694 
2695       bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2696       entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2697 
2698       /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script.  */
2699       save_flags = input_flags;
2700       ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2701 
2702       push_stat_ptr (place);
2703       input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2704 	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2705       input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2706 	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2707       input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2708       input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2709 
2710       ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2711       parser_input = input_script;
2712       yyparse ();
2713       ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2714 
2715       /* missing_file is sticky.  sysrooted will already have been
2716 	 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2717 	 again.  */
2718       save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2719       input_flags = save_flags;
2720       pop_stat_ptr ();
2721       fclose (yyin);
2722       yyin = NULL;
2723       entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2724 
2725       return TRUE;
2726     }
2727 
2728   if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2729     return TRUE;
2730 
2731   /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive.  Instead, the
2732      add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2733      add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2734      which is used.  */
2735   switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2736     {
2737     default:
2738       break;
2739 
2740     case bfd_object:
2741 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
2742       if (!entry->flags.reload)
2743 #endif
2744 	ldlang_add_file (entry);
2745       if (trace_files || verbose)
2746 	info_msg ("%I\n", entry);
2747       break;
2748 
2749     case bfd_archive:
2750       check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2751 
2752       if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2753 	{
2754 	  bfd *member = NULL;
2755 	  bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2756 
2757 	  for (;;)
2758 	    {
2759 	      bfd *subsbfd;
2760 	      member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2761 
2762 	      if (member == NULL)
2763 		break;
2764 
2765 	      if (! bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2766 		{
2767 		  einfo (_("%F%B: member %B in archive is not an object\n"),
2768 			 entry->the_bfd, member);
2769 		  loaded = FALSE;
2770 		}
2771 
2772 	      subsbfd = member;
2773 	      if (!(*link_info.callbacks
2774 		    ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
2775 					    "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
2776 		abort ();
2777 
2778 	      /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
2779 		 substitute BFD for us.  */
2780 	      if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
2781 		{
2782 		  einfo (_("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n"), member);
2783 		  loaded = FALSE;
2784 		}
2785 	    }
2786 
2787 	  entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
2788 	  return loaded;
2789 	}
2790       break;
2791     }
2792 
2793   if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
2794     entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2795   else
2796     einfo (_("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2797 
2798   return entry->flags.loaded;
2799 }
2800 
2801 /* Handle a wild statement.  S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
2802    may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard.  Separate
2803    lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
2804    expansion; they are added after the wild statement S.  OUTPUT is
2805    the output section.  */
2806 
2807 static void
2808 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
2809       const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2810       lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2811 {
2812   struct wildcard_list *sec;
2813 
2814   if (s->handler_data[0]
2815       && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
2816       && !s->filenames_sorted)
2817     {
2818       lang_section_bst_type *tree;
2819 
2820       walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
2821 
2822       tree = s->tree;
2823       if (tree)
2824 	{
2825 	  output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
2826 	  s->tree = NULL;
2827 	}
2828     }
2829   else
2830     walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
2831 
2832   if (default_common_section == NULL)
2833     for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2834       if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
2835 	{
2836 	  /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
2837 	     later get something which doesn't know where to put it.  */
2838 	  default_common_section = output;
2839 	  break;
2840 	}
2841 }
2842 
2843 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target.  */
2844 
2845 static int
2846 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2847 {
2848   const char *sought = (const char *) data;
2849 
2850   return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
2851 }
2852 
2853 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well.  */
2854 
2855 static void
2856 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
2857 {
2858   char c;
2859 
2860   while ((c = *src++) != 0)
2861     *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
2862 
2863   *dest = 0;
2864 }
2865 
2866 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
2867    from haystack.  */
2868 
2869 static void
2870 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
2871 {
2872   haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
2873 
2874   if (haystack)
2875     {
2876       char *src;
2877 
2878       for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
2879 	*haystack++ = *src++;
2880 
2881       *haystack = 0;
2882     }
2883 }
2884 
2885 /* Compare two target format name strings.
2886    Return a value indicating how "similar" they are.  */
2887 
2888 static int
2889 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
2890 {
2891   char *copy1;
2892   char *copy2;
2893   int result;
2894 
2895   copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
2896   copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
2897 
2898   /* Convert the names to lower case.  */
2899   stricpy (copy1, first);
2900   stricpy (copy2, second);
2901 
2902   /* Remove size and endian strings from the name.  */
2903   strcut (copy1, "big");
2904   strcut (copy1, "little");
2905   strcut (copy2, "big");
2906   strcut (copy2, "little");
2907 
2908   /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
2909      starting from the beginning.   If both strings are
2910      the same then return 10 * their length.  */
2911   for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
2912     if (copy1[result] == 0)
2913       {
2914 	result *= 10;
2915 	break;
2916       }
2917 
2918   free (copy1);
2919   free (copy2);
2920 
2921   return result;
2922 }
2923 
2924 /* Set by closest_target_match() below.  */
2925 static const bfd_target *winner;
2926 
2927 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
2928    requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
2929    match to the original output target.  */
2930 
2931 static int
2932 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2933 {
2934   const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
2935 
2936   if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
2937       && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
2938     return 0;
2939 
2940   if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
2941       && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
2942     return 0;
2943 
2944   /* Must be the same flavour.  */
2945   if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
2946     return 0;
2947 
2948   /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors.  */
2949   if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
2950       || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
2951       || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
2952       || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
2953     return 0;
2954 
2955   /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one.  */
2956   if (winner == NULL)
2957     {
2958       winner = target;
2959       return 0;
2960     }
2961 
2962   /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
2963      Compare their names and choose the better one.  */
2964   if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
2965       > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
2966     winner = target;
2967 
2968   /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all.  */
2969   return 0;
2970 }
2971 
2972 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file.  */
2973 
2974 static char *
2975 get_first_input_target (void)
2976 {
2977   char *target = NULL;
2978 
2979   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
2980     {
2981       if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
2982 	  && s->flags.real)
2983 	{
2984 	  ldfile_open_file (s);
2985 
2986 	  if (s->the_bfd != NULL
2987 	      && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
2988 	    {
2989 	      target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
2990 
2991 	      if (target != NULL)
2992 		break;
2993 	    }
2994 	}
2995     }
2996 
2997   return target;
2998 }
2999 
3000 const char *
3001 lang_get_output_target (void)
3002 {
3003   const char *target;
3004 
3005   /* Has the user told us which output format to use?  */
3006   if (output_target != NULL)
3007     return output_target;
3008 
3009   /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3010      the default?  */
3011   if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3012     return current_target;
3013 
3014   /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file?  */
3015   target = get_first_input_target ();
3016   if (target != NULL)
3017     return target;
3018 
3019   /* Failed - use the default output target.  */
3020   return default_target;
3021 }
3022 
3023 /* Open the output file.  */
3024 
3025 static void
3026 open_output (const char *name)
3027 {
3028   output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3029 
3030   /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3031      line?  */
3032   if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3033     {
3034       const bfd_target *target;
3035       enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3036 
3037       /* Get the chosen target.  */
3038       target = bfd_search_for_target (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3039 
3040       /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything.  */
3041       if (target != NULL)
3042 	{
3043 	  if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3044 	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3045 	  else
3046 	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3047 
3048 	  /* See if the target has the wrong endianness.  This should
3049 	     not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3050 	     little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3051 	     this.  */
3052 	  if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3053 	    {
3054 	      /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3055 		 an alternative with the correct endianness.  */
3056 	      if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3057 		  && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3058 		output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3059 	      else
3060 		{
3061 		  /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3062 		     the default target, but which has the desired
3063 		     endian characteristic.  */
3064 		  bfd_search_for_target (closest_target_match,
3065 					 (void *) target);
3066 
3067 		  /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3068 		     satisfy our requirements.  */
3069 		  if (winner == NULL)
3070 		    einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3071 			     " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3072 		  else
3073 		    output_target = winner->name;
3074 		}
3075 	    }
3076 	}
3077     }
3078 
3079   link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3080 
3081   if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3082     {
3083       if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3084 	einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3085 
3086       einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3087     }
3088 
3089   delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3090 
3091   if (! bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3092     einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3093   if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3094 			   ldfile_output_architecture,
3095 			   ldfile_output_machine))
3096     einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3097 
3098   link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3099   if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3100     einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3101 
3102   bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3103 }
3104 
3105 static void
3106 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3107 {
3108   switch (statement->header.type)
3109     {
3110     case lang_output_statement_enum:
3111       ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3112       open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3113       ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3114       if (config.magic_demand_paged && !link_info.relocatable)
3115 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3116       else
3117 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3118       if (config.text_read_only)
3119 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3120       else
3121 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3122       if (link_info.traditional_format)
3123 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3124       else
3125 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3126       break;
3127 
3128     case lang_target_statement_enum:
3129       current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3130       break;
3131     default:
3132       break;
3133     }
3134 }
3135 
3136 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
3137    For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
3138    of two, so we can use shifts.  */
3139 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
3140 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
3141 
3142 /* Support the above.  */
3143 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
3144 
3145 static void
3146 init_opb (void)
3147 {
3148   unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3149 					      ldfile_output_machine);
3150   opb_shift = 0;
3151   if (x > 1)
3152     while ((x & 1) == 0)
3153       {
3154 	x >>= 1;
3155 	++opb_shift;
3156       }
3157   ASSERT (x == 1);
3158 }
3159 
3160 /* Open all the input files.  */
3161 
3162 enum open_bfd_mode
3163   {
3164     OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3165     OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3166     OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3167   };
3168 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3169 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3170 #endif
3171 
3172 static void
3173 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3174 {
3175   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3176     {
3177       switch (s->header.type)
3178 	{
3179 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3180 	  open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3181 	  break;
3182 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3183 	  open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3184 	  break;
3185 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3186 	  /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols.  */
3187 	  if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3188 	      && s->wild_statement.filename
3189 	      && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3190 	      && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3191 	    lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3192 	  open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3193 	  break;
3194 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3195 	  {
3196 	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3197 
3198 	    /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3199 	       until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3200 	       symbols.  */
3201 
3202 	    do
3203 	      {
3204 		undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3205 		open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3206 				 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3207 	      }
3208 	    while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3209 	  }
3210 	  break;
3211 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
3212 	  current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3213 	  break;
3214 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
3215 	  if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3216 	    {
3217 	      lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3218 	      lang_statement_list_type add;
3219 
3220 	      s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3221 
3222 	      /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3223 		 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3224 		 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3225 		 has been loaded already.  Do the same for a rescan.  */
3226 	      if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3227 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3228 		  && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3229 		      || plugin_insert == NULL)
3230 #endif
3231 		  && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive
3232 		  && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3233 		  && s->input_statement.the_bfd != NULL
3234 		  && bfd_check_format (s->input_statement.the_bfd,
3235 				       bfd_archive))
3236 		s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3237 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3238 	      /* When rescanning, reload --as-needed shared libs.  */
3239 	      else if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) != 0
3240 		       && plugin_insert == NULL
3241 		       && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3242 		       && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3243 		       && s->input_statement.the_bfd != NULL
3244 		       && ((s->input_statement.the_bfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3245 		       && plugin_should_reload (s->input_statement.the_bfd))
3246 		{
3247 		  s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3248 		  s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3249 		}
3250 #endif
3251 
3252 	      os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3253 	      lang_list_init (&add);
3254 
3255 	      if (! load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3256 		config.make_executable = FALSE;
3257 
3258 	      if (add.head != NULL)
3259 		{
3260 		  /* If this was a script with output sections then
3261 		     tack any added statements on to the end of the
3262 		     list.  This avoids having to reorder the output
3263 		     section statement list.  Very likely the user
3264 		     forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3265 		     naive user expectations.  */
3266 		  if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3267 		    {
3268 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3269 			       " did you forget -T?\n"),
3270 			     s->input_statement.filename);
3271 		      *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3272 		      stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3273 		    }
3274 		  else
3275 		    {
3276 		      *add.tail = s->header.next;
3277 		      s->header.next = add.head;
3278 		    }
3279 		}
3280 	    }
3281 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3282 	  /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3283 	     files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan.  */
3284 	  if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3285 	    plugin_insert = NULL;
3286 #endif
3287 	  break;
3288 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3289 	  if (s->assignment_statement.exp->assign.defsym)
3290 	    /* This is from a --defsym on the command line.  */
3291 	    exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3292 	  break;
3293 	default:
3294 	  break;
3295 	}
3296     }
3297 
3298   /* Exit if any of the files were missing.  */
3299   if (input_flags.missing_file)
3300     einfo ("%F");
3301 }
3302 
3303 /* Add a symbol to a hash of symbols used in DEFINED (NAME) expressions.  */
3304 
3305 void
3306 lang_track_definedness (const char *name)
3307 {
3308   if (bfd_hash_lookup (&lang_definedness_table, name, TRUE, FALSE) == NULL)
3309     einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_hash_lookup failed creating symbol %s\n"), name);
3310 }
3311 
3312 /* New-function for the definedness hash table.  */
3313 
3314 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
3315 lang_definedness_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
3316 			  struct bfd_hash_table *table ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3317 			  const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3318 {
3319   struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *ret
3320     = (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *) entry;
3321 
3322   if (ret == NULL)
3323     ret = (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *)
3324       bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry));
3325 
3326   if (ret == NULL)
3327     einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_hash_allocate failed creating symbol %s\n"), name);
3328 
3329   ret->iteration = -1;
3330   return &ret->root;
3331 }
3332 
3333 /* Return the iteration when the definition of NAME was last updated.  A
3334    value of -1 means that the symbol is not defined in the linker script
3335    or the command line, but may be defined in the linker symbol table.  */
3336 
3337 int
3338 lang_symbol_definition_iteration (const char *name)
3339 {
3340   struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *defentry
3341     = (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *)
3342     bfd_hash_lookup (&lang_definedness_table, name, FALSE, FALSE);
3343 
3344   /* We've already created this one on the presence of DEFINED in the
3345      script, so it can't be NULL unless something is borked elsewhere in
3346      the code.  */
3347   if (defentry == NULL)
3348     FAIL ();
3349 
3350   return defentry->iteration;
3351 }
3352 
3353 /* Update the definedness state of NAME.  */
3354 
3355 void
3356 lang_update_definedness (const char *name, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
3357 {
3358   struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *defentry
3359     = (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *)
3360     bfd_hash_lookup (&lang_definedness_table, name, FALSE, FALSE);
3361 
3362   /* We don't keep track of symbols not tested with DEFINED.  */
3363   if (defentry == NULL)
3364     return;
3365 
3366   /* If the symbol was already defined, and not from an earlier statement
3367      iteration, don't update the definedness iteration, because that'd
3368      make the symbol seem defined in the linker script at this point, and
3369      it wasn't; it was defined in some object.  If we do anyway, DEFINED
3370      would start to yield false before this point and the construct "sym =
3371      DEFINED (sym) ? sym : X;" would change sym to X despite being defined
3372      in an object.  */
3373   if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
3374       && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common
3375       && h->type != bfd_link_hash_new
3376       && defentry->iteration == -1)
3377     return;
3378 
3379   defentry->iteration = lang_statement_iteration;
3380 }
3381 
3382 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3383    This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3384    the time the ld command line is processed.  First we put the name
3385    on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3386    name to the symbol table.  */
3387 
3388 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3389 
3390 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3391 
3392 void
3393 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3394 {
3395   ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3396 
3397   undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3398   new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3399   new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3400   ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3401 
3402   new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3403 
3404   if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3405     insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3406 }
3407 
3408 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table.  */
3409 
3410 static void
3411 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3412 {
3413   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3414 
3415   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3416   if (h == NULL)
3417     einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3418   if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3419     {
3420       h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3421       h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3422       bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3423     }
3424 }
3425 
3426 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3427    into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3428    script file.  */
3429 
3430 static void
3431 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3432 {
3433   ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3434 
3435   for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3436     insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3437 }
3438 
3439 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections.  */
3440 
3441 static void
3442 check_input_sections
3443   (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3444    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3445 {
3446   for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3447     {
3448       switch (s->header.type)
3449 	{
3450 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3451 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3452 		     output_section_statement);
3453 	  if (! output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3454 	    return;
3455 	  break;
3456 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3457 	  check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3458 				output_section_statement);
3459 	  if (! output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3460 	    return;
3461 	  break;
3462 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3463 	  check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3464 				output_section_statement);
3465 	  if (! output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3466 	    return;
3467 	  break;
3468 	default:
3469 	  break;
3470 	}
3471     }
3472 }
3473 
3474 /* Update wildcard statements if needed.  */
3475 
3476 static void
3477 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3478 {
3479   struct wildcard_list *sec;
3480 
3481   switch (sort_section)
3482     {
3483     default:
3484       FAIL ();
3485 
3486     case none:
3487       break;
3488 
3489     case by_name:
3490     case by_alignment:
3491       for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3492 	{
3493 	  switch (s->header.type)
3494 	    {
3495 	    default:
3496 	      break;
3497 
3498 	    case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3499 	      for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3500 		   sec = sec->next)
3501 		{
3502 		  switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3503 		    {
3504 		    case none:
3505 		      sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3506 		      break;
3507 		    case by_name:
3508 		      if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3509 			sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3510 		      break;
3511 		    case by_alignment:
3512 		      if (sort_section == by_name)
3513 			sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3514 		      break;
3515 		    default:
3516 		      break;
3517 		    }
3518 		}
3519 	      break;
3520 
3521 	    case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3522 	      update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3523 	      break;
3524 
3525 	    case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3526 	      /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections.  */
3527 	      if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3528 		  && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3529 		update_wild_statements
3530 		  (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3531 	      break;
3532 
3533 	    case lang_group_statement_enum:
3534 	      update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3535 	      break;
3536 	    }
3537 	}
3538       break;
3539     }
3540 }
3541 
3542 /* Open input files and attach to output sections.  */
3543 
3544 static void
3545 map_input_to_output_sections
3546   (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3547    lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3548 {
3549   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3550     {
3551       lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3552       flagword flags;
3553 
3554       switch (s->header.type)
3555 	{
3556 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3557 	  wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3558 	  break;
3559 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3560 	  map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3561 					target,
3562 					os);
3563 	  break;
3564 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3565 	  tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3566 	  if (tos->constraint != 0)
3567 	    {
3568 	      if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3569 		  && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3570 		break;
3571 	      tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3572 	      check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3573 	      if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3574 		{
3575 		  tos->constraint = -1;
3576 		  break;
3577 		}
3578 	    }
3579 	  map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3580 					target,
3581 					tos);
3582 	  break;
3583 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
3584 	  break;
3585 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
3586 	  target = s->target_statement.target;
3587 	  break;
3588 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3589 	  map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3590 					target,
3591 					os);
3592 	  break;
3593 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
3594 	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3595 	     are initialized.  */
3596 	  exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3597 	  /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3598 	     these may be overridden by the script.  */
3599 	  flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3600 	  switch (os->sectype)
3601 	    {
3602 	    case normal_section:
3603 	    case overlay_section:
3604 	      break;
3605 	    case noalloc_section:
3606 	      flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3607 	      break;
3608 	    case noload_section:
3609 	      if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3610 		  == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3611 		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3612 	      else
3613 		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3614 	      break;
3615 	    }
3616 	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3617 	    init_os (os, flags);
3618 	  else
3619 	    os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3620 	  break;
3621 	case lang_input_section_enum:
3622 	  break;
3623 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3624 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3625 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3626 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3627 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
3628 	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3629 	    init_os (os, 0);
3630 	  break;
3631 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3632 	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3633 	    init_os (os, 0);
3634 
3635 	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3636 	     are initialized.  */
3637 	  exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3638 	  break;
3639 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
3640 	  /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3641 	     If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3642 	     directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3643 	     processed the segment marker.  Originally, the linker
3644 	     treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3645 	     command-line) as section directives.  We honor the
3646 	     section directive semantics for backwards compatibilty;
3647 	     linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3648 	     SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics.  */
3649 	  if (!s->address_statement.segment
3650 	      || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3651 	    {
3652 	      const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3653 
3654 	      /* Create the output section statement here so that
3655 		 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3656 		 script sections.  If we let the orphan placement code
3657 		 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3658 		 will affect following script sections, which is
3659 		 likely to surprise naive users.  */
3660 	      tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3661 	      tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3662 	      if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3663 		init_os (tos, 0);
3664 	    }
3665 	  break;
3666 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3667 	  break;
3668 	}
3669     }
3670 }
3671 
3672 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3673    start of the list and places them after the output section
3674    statement specified by the insert.  This operation is complicated
3675    by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3676    statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.  */
3677 
3678 static void
3679 process_insert_statements (void)
3680 {
3681   lang_statement_union_type **s;
3682   lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3683   lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3684   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3685 
3686   /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3687      the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3688      reordered.  */
3689   s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3690   while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3691     {
3692       if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3693 	{
3694 	  /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3695 	     statement in the sequence we may be about to move.  */
3696 	  os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3697 
3698 	  ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3699 	  last_os = os;
3700 
3701 	  /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3702 	     won't match this output section statement.  At this
3703 	     stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3704 	     [-1, ONLY_IN_RW].  */
3705 	  last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3706 	  if (first_os == NULL)
3707 	    first_os = last_os;
3708 	}
3709       else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3710 	{
3711 	  lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3712 	  lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3713 	  lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3714 	  lang_statement_union_type *first;
3715 
3716 	  where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3717 	  if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3718 	    {
3719 	      do
3720 		where = where->prev;
3721 	      while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3722 	    }
3723 	  if (where == NULL)
3724 	    {
3725 	      einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3726 	      return;
3727 	    }
3728 
3729 	  /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list.  */
3730 	  if (last_os != NULL)
3731 	    {
3732 	      asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3733 	      struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3734 
3735 	      /* Snip out the output sections we are moving.  */
3736 	      first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3737 	      if (last_os->next == NULL)
3738 		{
3739 		  next = &first_os->prev->next;
3740 		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3741 		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3742 		}
3743 	      else
3744 		last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3745 	      /* Add them in at the new position.  */
3746 	      last_os->next = where->next;
3747 	      if (where->next == NULL)
3748 		{
3749 		  next = &last_os->next;
3750 		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3751 		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3752 		}
3753 	      else
3754 		where->next->prev = last_os;
3755 	      first_os->prev = where;
3756 	      where->next = first_os;
3757 
3758 	      /* Move the bfd sections in the same way.  */
3759 	      first_sec = NULL;
3760 	      last_sec = NULL;
3761 	      for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3762 		{
3763 		  os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3764 		  if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3765 		      && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3766 		    {
3767 		      last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3768 		      if (first_sec == NULL)
3769 			first_sec = last_sec;
3770 		    }
3771 		  if (os == last_os)
3772 		    break;
3773 		}
3774 	      if (last_sec != NULL)
3775 		{
3776 		  asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3777 		  if (sec == NULL)
3778 		    sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3779 
3780 		  /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3781 		     sections we are moving.  So if we find no
3782 		     section or if the section is the same as our
3783 		     last section, then no move is needed.  */
3784 		  if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3785 		    {
3786 		      /* Trim them off.  */
3787 		      if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3788 			first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3789 		      else
3790 			link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3791 		      if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3792 			last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3793 		      else
3794 			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3795 		      /* Add back.  */
3796 		      last_sec->next = sec->next;
3797 		      if (sec->next != NULL)
3798 			sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3799 		      else
3800 			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3801 		      first_sec->prev = sec;
3802 		      sec->next = first_sec;
3803 		    }
3804 		}
3805 
3806 	      first_os = NULL;
3807 	      last_os = NULL;
3808 	    }
3809 
3810 	  ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3811 	  /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3812 	     know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3813 	     the insert statement we are currently processing.  */
3814 	  first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
3815 	  lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
3816 	  /* Add them back where they belong.  */
3817 	  *s = *ptr;
3818 	  if (*s == NULL)
3819 	    statement_list.tail = s;
3820 	  *ptr = first;
3821 	  s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3822 	}
3823     }
3824 
3825   /* Undo constraint twiddling.  */
3826   for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3827     {
3828       os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3829       if (os == last_os)
3830 	break;
3831     }
3832 }
3833 
3834 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
3835    added.  For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
3836    sections if they turn out to be not needed.  Clean them up here.  */
3837 
3838 void
3839 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
3840 {
3841   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3842 
3843   /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done).  */
3844   if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
3845     {
3846       expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
3847       expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_none;
3848       one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
3849       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
3850     }
3851 
3852   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3853        os != NULL;
3854        os = os->next)
3855     {
3856       asection *output_section;
3857       bfd_boolean exclude;
3858 
3859       if (os->constraint < 0)
3860 	continue;
3861 
3862       output_section = os->bfd_section;
3863       if (output_section == NULL)
3864 	continue;
3865 
3866       exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
3867 		 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
3868 		 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
3869 						    output_section));
3870 
3871       /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
3872 	 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash.  These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3873 	 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
3874 	 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
3875       if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
3876 	{
3877 	  asection *s;
3878 
3879 	  for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
3880 	    if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3881 		&& ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
3882 		    || link_info.emitrelocations))
3883 	      {
3884 		exclude = FALSE;
3885 		break;
3886 	      }
3887 	}
3888 
3889       /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders.  */
3890       output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
3891       output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
3892 
3893       if (exclude)
3894 	{
3895 	  /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
3896 	     removed output section statement may still be used.  */
3897 	  if (!os->update_dot)
3898 	    os->ignored = TRUE;
3899 	  output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3900 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
3901 	  link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
3902 	}
3903     }
3904 
3905   /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
3906      and map_tail link_order fields.  */
3907   stripped_excluded_sections = TRUE;
3908 }
3909 
3910 static void
3911 print_output_section_statement
3912   (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3913 {
3914   asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
3915   int len;
3916 
3917   if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
3918     {
3919       minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
3920 
3921       if (section != NULL)
3922 	{
3923 	  print_dot = section->vma;
3924 
3925 	  len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
3926 	  if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
3927 	    {
3928 	      print_nl ();
3929 	      len = 0;
3930 	    }
3931 	  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
3932 	    {
3933 	      print_space ();
3934 	      ++len;
3935 	    }
3936 
3937 	  minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, section->size);
3938 
3939 	  if (section->vma != section->lma)
3940 	    minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
3941 
3942 	  if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
3943 	    exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
3944 			   bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
3945 	}
3946 
3947       print_nl ();
3948     }
3949 
3950   print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
3951 			output_section_statement);
3952 }
3953 
3954 static void
3955 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
3956 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
3957 {
3958   unsigned int i;
3959   bfd_boolean is_dot;
3960   etree_type *tree;
3961   asection *osec;
3962 
3963   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
3964     print_space ();
3965 
3966   if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
3967     {
3968       is_dot = FALSE;
3969       tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
3970     }
3971   else
3972     {
3973       const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
3974 
3975       is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
3976       expld.assign_name = dst;
3977       tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
3978     }
3979 
3980   osec = output_section->bfd_section;
3981   if (osec == NULL)
3982     osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
3983   exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
3984   if (expld.result.valid_p)
3985     {
3986       bfd_vma value;
3987 
3988       if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
3989 	  || is_dot
3990 	  || expld.assign_name != NULL)
3991 	{
3992 	  value = expld.result.value;
3993 
3994 	  if (expld.result.section != NULL)
3995 	    value += expld.result.section->vma;
3996 
3997 	  minfo ("0x%V", value);
3998 	  if (is_dot)
3999 	    print_dot = value;
4000 	}
4001       else
4002 	{
4003 	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4004 
4005 	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4006 				    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4007 	  if (h)
4008 	    {
4009 	      value = h->u.def.value;
4010 	      value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4011 	      value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4012 
4013 	      minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4014 	    }
4015 	  else
4016 	    minfo ("[unresolved]");
4017 	}
4018     }
4019   else
4020     {
4021       minfo ("*undef*   ");
4022 #ifdef BFD64
4023       minfo ("        ");
4024 #endif
4025     }
4026   expld.assign_name = NULL;
4027 
4028   minfo ("                ");
4029   exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4030   print_nl ();
4031 }
4032 
4033 static void
4034 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4035 {
4036   if (statm->filename != NULL
4037       && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4038 	  || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4039     fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4040 }
4041 
4042 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section.  This is called
4043    via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols.  */
4044 
4045 static bfd_boolean
4046 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4047 {
4048   asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4049 
4050   if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4051        || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4052       && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4053     {
4054       int i;
4055 
4056       for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4057 	print_space ();
4058       minfo ("0x%V   ",
4059 	     (hash_entry->u.def.value
4060 	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4061 	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4062 
4063       minfo ("             %T\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4064     }
4065 
4066   return TRUE;
4067 }
4068 
4069 static int
4070 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4071 {
4072   const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4073   const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4074 
4075   if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4076     return -1;
4077   else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4078     return 1;
4079   else
4080     return 0;
4081 }
4082 
4083 static void
4084 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4085 {
4086   struct fat_user_section_struct *ud =
4087       (struct fat_user_section_struct *) get_userdata (sec);
4088   struct map_symbol_def *def;
4089   struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4090   unsigned int i;
4091 
4092   if (!ud)
4093     return;
4094 
4095   *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4096 
4097   /* Sort the symbols by address.  */
4098   entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4099       obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4100 
4101   for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4102     entries[i] = def->entry;
4103 
4104   qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4105 	 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4106 
4107   /* Print the symbols.  */
4108   for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4109     print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4110 
4111   obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4112 }
4113 
4114 /* Print information about an input section to the map file.  */
4115 
4116 static void
4117 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4118 {
4119   bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4120   int len;
4121   bfd_vma addr;
4122 
4123   init_opb ();
4124 
4125   print_space ();
4126   minfo ("%s", i->name);
4127 
4128   len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4129   if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4130     {
4131       print_nl ();
4132       len = 0;
4133     }
4134   while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4135     {
4136       print_space ();
4137       ++len;
4138     }
4139 
4140   if (i->output_section != NULL
4141       && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4142     addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4143   else
4144     {
4145       addr = print_dot;
4146       if (!is_discarded)
4147 	size = 0;
4148     }
4149 
4150   minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4151 
4152   if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4153     {
4154       len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4155 #ifdef BFD64
4156       len += 16;
4157 #else
4158       len += 8;
4159 #endif
4160       while (len > 0)
4161 	{
4162 	  print_space ();
4163 	  --len;
4164 	}
4165 
4166       minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4167     }
4168 
4169   if (i->output_section != NULL
4170       && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4171     {
4172       if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4173 	bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4174       else
4175 	print_all_symbols (i);
4176 
4177       /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4178 	 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4179 	 later overlay is shorter than an earier one.  */
4180       if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4181 	print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4182     }
4183 }
4184 
4185 static void
4186 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4187 {
4188   size_t size;
4189   unsigned char *p;
4190   fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4191   for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4192     fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4193   fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4194 }
4195 
4196 static void
4197 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4198 {
4199   int i;
4200   bfd_vma addr;
4201   bfd_size_type size;
4202   const char *name;
4203 
4204   init_opb ();
4205   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4206     print_space ();
4207 
4208   addr = data->output_offset;
4209   if (data->output_section != NULL)
4210     addr += data->output_section->vma;
4211 
4212   switch (data->type)
4213     {
4214     default:
4215       abort ();
4216     case BYTE:
4217       size = BYTE_SIZE;
4218       name = "BYTE";
4219       break;
4220     case SHORT:
4221       size = SHORT_SIZE;
4222       name = "SHORT";
4223       break;
4224     case LONG:
4225       size = LONG_SIZE;
4226       name = "LONG";
4227       break;
4228     case QUAD:
4229       size = QUAD_SIZE;
4230       name = "QUAD";
4231       break;
4232     case SQUAD:
4233       size = QUAD_SIZE;
4234       name = "SQUAD";
4235       break;
4236     }
4237 
4238   minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, size, name, data->value);
4239 
4240   if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4241     {
4242       print_space ();
4243       exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4244     }
4245 
4246   print_nl ();
4247 
4248   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4249 }
4250 
4251 /* Print an address statement.  These are generated by options like
4252    -Ttext.  */
4253 
4254 static void
4255 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4256 {
4257   minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4258   exp_print_tree (address->address);
4259   print_nl ();
4260 }
4261 
4262 /* Print a reloc statement.  */
4263 
4264 static void
4265 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4266 {
4267   int i;
4268   bfd_vma addr;
4269   bfd_size_type size;
4270 
4271   init_opb ();
4272   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4273     print_space ();
4274 
4275   addr = reloc->output_offset;
4276   if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4277     addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4278 
4279   size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4280 
4281   minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, size, reloc->howto->name);
4282 
4283   if (reloc->name != NULL)
4284     minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4285   else
4286     minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4287 
4288   exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4289 
4290   print_nl ();
4291 
4292   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4293 }
4294 
4295 static void
4296 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4297 {
4298   int len;
4299   bfd_vma addr;
4300 
4301   init_opb ();
4302   minfo (" *fill*");
4303 
4304   len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4305   while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4306     {
4307       print_space ();
4308       ++len;
4309     }
4310 
4311   addr = s->output_offset;
4312   if (s->output_section != NULL)
4313     addr += s->output_section->vma;
4314   minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, (bfd_vma) s->size);
4315 
4316   if (s->fill->size != 0)
4317     {
4318       size_t size;
4319       unsigned char *p;
4320       for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4321 	fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4322     }
4323 
4324   print_nl ();
4325 
4326   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4327 }
4328 
4329 static void
4330 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4331 		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4332 {
4333   struct wildcard_list *sec;
4334 
4335   print_space ();
4336 
4337   if (w->filenames_sorted)
4338     minfo ("SORT(");
4339   if (w->filename != NULL)
4340     minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4341   else
4342     minfo ("*");
4343   if (w->filenames_sorted)
4344     minfo (")");
4345 
4346   minfo ("(");
4347   for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4348     {
4349       if (sec->spec.sorted)
4350 	minfo ("SORT(");
4351       if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4352 	{
4353 	  name_list *tmp;
4354 	  minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4355 	  for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4356 	    minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4357 	  minfo (") ");
4358 	}
4359       if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4360 	minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4361       else
4362 	minfo ("*");
4363       if (sec->spec.sorted)
4364 	minfo (")");
4365       if (sec->next)
4366 	minfo (" ");
4367     }
4368   minfo (")");
4369 
4370   print_nl ();
4371 
4372   print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4373 }
4374 
4375 /* Print a group statement.  */
4376 
4377 static void
4378 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4379 	     lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4380 {
4381   fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4382   print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4383   fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4384 }
4385 
4386 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4387    This can be called for any statement type.  */
4388 
4389 static void
4390 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4391 		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4392 {
4393   while (s != NULL)
4394     {
4395       print_statement (s, os);
4396       s = s->header.next;
4397     }
4398 }
4399 
4400 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4401    This can be called for any statement type.  */
4402 
4403 static void
4404 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4405 		 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4406 {
4407   switch (s->header.type)
4408     {
4409     default:
4410       fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4411       FAIL ();
4412       break;
4413     case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4414       if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4415 	{
4416 	  if (constructors_sorted)
4417 	    minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4418 	  else
4419 	    minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4420 	  print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4421 	}
4422       break;
4423     case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4424       print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4425       break;
4426     case lang_address_statement_enum:
4427       print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4428       break;
4429     case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4430       minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4431       break;
4432     case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4433       print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4434       break;
4435     case lang_data_statement_enum:
4436       print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4437       break;
4438     case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4439       print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4440       break;
4441     case lang_input_section_enum:
4442       print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4443       break;
4444     case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4445       print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4446       break;
4447     case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4448       print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4449       break;
4450     case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4451       print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4452       break;
4453     case lang_target_statement_enum:
4454       fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4455       break;
4456     case lang_output_statement_enum:
4457       minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4458       if (output_target != NULL)
4459 	minfo (" %s", output_target);
4460       minfo (")\n");
4461       break;
4462     case lang_input_statement_enum:
4463       print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4464       break;
4465     case lang_group_statement_enum:
4466       print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4467       break;
4468     case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4469       minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4470 	     s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4471 	     s->insert_statement.where);
4472       break;
4473     }
4474 }
4475 
4476 static void
4477 print_statements (void)
4478 {
4479   print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4480 }
4481 
4482 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4483    If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4484    If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4485    Intended to be called from GDB.  */
4486 
4487 void
4488 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4489 {
4490   FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4491 
4492   config.map_file = stderr;
4493 
4494   if (n < 0)
4495     print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4496   else
4497     {
4498       while (s && --n >= 0)
4499 	{
4500 	  print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4501 	  s = s->header.next;
4502 	}
4503     }
4504 
4505   config.map_file = map_save;
4506 }
4507 
4508 static void
4509 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4510 	    fill_type *fill,
4511 	    bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4512 	    asection *output_section,
4513 	    bfd_vma dot)
4514 {
4515   static fill_type zero_fill;
4516   lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4517 
4518   if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4519     pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4520 	   ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4521   if (pad != NULL
4522       && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4523       && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4524     {
4525       /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4526     }
4527   else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4528 	   && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4529 	   && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4530     {
4531       /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4532     }
4533   else
4534     {
4535       /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain.  */
4536       pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4537 	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4538       pad->header.next = *ptr;
4539       *ptr = pad;
4540       pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4541       pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4542       if (fill == NULL)
4543 	fill = &zero_fill;
4544       pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4545     }
4546   pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4547   pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4548   output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4549 				  - output_section->vma);
4550 }
4551 
4552 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point.  */
4553 
4554 static bfd_vma
4555 size_input_section
4556   (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4557    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4558    fill_type *fill,
4559    bfd_vma dot)
4560 {
4561   lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4562   asection *i = is->section;
4563 
4564   if (i->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
4565       && (i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
4566     {
4567       bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4568       asection *o;
4569 
4570       /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4571 	 then to the output section's requirement.  If this alignment
4572 	 is greater than any seen before, then record it too.  Perform
4573 	 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement.  */
4574 
4575       if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
4576 	i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
4577 
4578       o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4579       if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4580 	o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4581 
4582       alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4583 
4584       if (alignment_needed != 0)
4585 	{
4586 	  insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4587 	  dot += alignment_needed;
4588 	}
4589 
4590       /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes.  */
4591 
4592       i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4593 
4594       /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now.  */
4595       dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4596       o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4597     }
4598   else
4599     {
4600       i->output_offset = i->vma - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
4601     }
4602 
4603   return dot;
4604 }
4605 
4606 static int
4607 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4608 {
4609   const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4610   const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4611 
4612   if (bfd_section_lma (sec1->owner, sec1)
4613       < bfd_section_lma (sec2->owner, sec2))
4614     return -1;
4615   else if (bfd_section_lma (sec1->owner, sec1)
4616 	   > bfd_section_lma (sec2->owner, sec2))
4617     return 1;
4618   else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4619     return -1;
4620   else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4621     return 1;
4622 
4623   return 0;
4624 }
4625 
4626 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4627   ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0				\
4628    || ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0		\
4629 	&& (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0))
4630 
4631 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4632    sections.  This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4633    section addresses of the two sections.  Also check whether any memory
4634    region has overflowed.  */
4635 
4636 static void
4637 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4638 {
4639   asection *s, *p;
4640   asection **sections, **spp;
4641   unsigned int count;
4642   bfd_vma s_start;
4643   bfd_vma s_end;
4644   bfd_vma p_start;
4645   bfd_vma p_end;
4646   bfd_size_type amt;
4647   lang_memory_region_type *m;
4648 
4649   if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4650     return;
4651 
4652   amt = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) * sizeof (asection *);
4653   sections = (asection **) xmalloc (amt);
4654 
4655   /* Scan all sections in the output list.  */
4656   count = 0;
4657   for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4658     {
4659       /* Only consider loadable sections with real contents.  */
4660       if (!(s->flags & SEC_LOAD)
4661 	  || !(s->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
4662 	  || s->size == 0)
4663 	continue;
4664 
4665       sections[count] = s;
4666       count++;
4667     }
4668 
4669   if (count <= 1)
4670     return;
4671 
4672   qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *),
4673 	 sort_sections_by_lma);
4674 
4675   spp = sections;
4676   s = *spp++;
4677   s_start = s->lma;
4678   s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4679   for (count--; count; count--)
4680     {
4681       /* We must check the sections' LMA addresses not their VMA
4682 	 addresses because overlay sections can have overlapping VMAs
4683 	 but they must have distinct LMAs.  */
4684       p = s;
4685       p_start = s_start;
4686       p_end = s_end;
4687       s = *spp++;
4688       s_start = s->lma;
4689       s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4690 
4691       /* Look for an overlap.  We have sorted sections by lma, so we
4692 	 know that s_start >= p_start.  Besides the obvious case of
4693 	 overlap when the current section starts before the previous
4694 	 one ends, we also must have overlap if the previous section
4695 	 wraps around the address space.  */
4696       if (s_start <= p_end
4697 	  || p_end < p_start)
4698 	einfo (_("%X%P: section %s loaded at [%V,%V] overlaps section %s loaded at [%V,%V]\n"),
4699 	       s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4700     }
4701 
4702   free (sections);
4703 
4704   /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
4705      We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
4706      explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
4707      diagnostics are adequate for that case.
4708 
4709      FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
4710      might overflow a 32-bit integer.  There is, alas, no way to print
4711      a bfd_vma quantity in decimal.  */
4712   for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
4713     if (m->had_full_message)
4714       einfo (_("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %ld bytes\n"),
4715 	     m->name_list.name, (long)(m->current - (m->origin + m->length)));
4716 
4717 }
4718 
4719 /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  We explicitly permit the
4720    current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
4721    non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
4722    calculation wraps around.  */
4723 
4724 static void
4725 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
4726 		 lang_memory_region_type *region,
4727 		 etree_type *tree,
4728 		 bfd_vma rbase)
4729 {
4730   if ((region->current < region->origin
4731        || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
4732       && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
4733 	  || rbase == 0))
4734     {
4735       if (tree != NULL)
4736 	{
4737 	  einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section `%s'"
4738 		   " is not within region `%s'\n"),
4739 		 region->current,
4740 		 os->bfd_section->owner,
4741 		 os->bfd_section->name,
4742 		 region->name_list.name);
4743 	}
4744       else if (!region->had_full_message)
4745 	{
4746 	  region->had_full_message = TRUE;
4747 
4748 	  einfo (_("%X%P: %B section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
4749 		 os->bfd_section->owner,
4750 		 os->bfd_section->name,
4751 		 region->name_list.name);
4752 	}
4753     }
4754 }
4755 
4756 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections.  */
4757 
4758 static bfd_vma
4759 lang_size_sections_1
4760   (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
4761    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4762    fill_type *fill,
4763    bfd_vma dot,
4764    bfd_boolean *relax,
4765    bfd_boolean check_regions)
4766 {
4767   lang_statement_union_type *s;
4768 
4769   /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts.  */
4770   for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4771     {
4772       switch (s->header.type)
4773 	{
4774 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4775 	  {
4776 	    bfd_vma newdot, after;
4777 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4778 	    lang_memory_region_type *r;
4779 	    int section_alignment = 0;
4780 
4781 	    os = &s->output_section_statement;
4782 	    if (os->constraint == -1)
4783 	      break;
4784 
4785 	    /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
4786 	       here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
4787 	       This is covering for coff backend linker bugs.  See PR6945.  */
4788 	    if (os->addr_tree == NULL
4789 		&& link_info.relocatable
4790 		&& (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4791 		    == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
4792 	      os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
4793 	    if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
4794 	      {
4795 		os->processed_vma = FALSE;
4796 		exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
4797 
4798 		if (expld.result.valid_p)
4799 		  {
4800 		    dot = expld.result.value;
4801 		    if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4802 		      dot += expld.result.section->vma;
4803 		  }
4804 		else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4805 		  einfo (_("%F%S: non constant or forward reference"
4806 			   " address expression for section %s\n"),
4807 			 os->addr_tree, os->name);
4808 	      }
4809 
4810 	    if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4811 	      /* This section was removed or never actually created.  */
4812 	      break;
4813 
4814 	    /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
4815 	       address from the input section.  FIXME: This is COFF
4816 	       specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
4817 	       to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind.  */
4818 	    if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4819 		  == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
4820 		 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4821 		     == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
4822 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
4823 	      {
4824 		asection *input;
4825 
4826 		if (os->children.head == NULL
4827 		    || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
4828 		    || (os->children.head->header.type
4829 			!= lang_input_section_enum))
4830 		  einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library"
4831 			   " section %s\n"), os->name);
4832 
4833 		input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
4834 		bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
4835 				     os->bfd_section,
4836 				     bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
4837 		os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
4838 		break;
4839 	      }
4840 
4841 	    newdot = dot;
4842 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
4843 	      {
4844 		/* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero.  */
4845 		ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
4846 	      }
4847 	    else
4848 	      {
4849 		if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
4850 		  {
4851 		    /* No address specified for this section, get one
4852 		       from the region specification.  */
4853 		    if (os->region == NULL
4854 			|| ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4855 			    && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
4856 			    && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
4857 				       DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
4858 		      {
4859 			os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
4860 		      }
4861 
4862 		    /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
4863 		       region, and some non default memory regions were
4864 		       defined, issue an error message.  */
4865 		    if (!os->ignored
4866 			&& !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
4867 			&& ! link_info.relocatable
4868 			&& check_regions
4869 			&& strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
4870 				   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
4871 			&& lang_memory_region_list != NULL
4872 			&& (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
4873 				    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
4874 			    || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
4875 			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4876 		      {
4877 			/* By default this is an error rather than just a
4878 			   warning because if we allocate the section to the
4879 			   default memory region we can end up creating an
4880 			   excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
4881 			   attempting to perform a negative seek.  See
4882 			   sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
4883 			   for an example of this.  This behaviour can be
4884 			   overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
4885 			   switch.  */
4886 			if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
4887 			  einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified"
4888 				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
4889 				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
4890 						       os->bfd_section));
4891 			else
4892 			  einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
4893 				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
4894 				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
4895 						       os->bfd_section));
4896 		      }
4897 
4898 		    newdot = os->region->current;
4899 		    section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
4900 		  }
4901 		else
4902 		  section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
4903 
4904 		/* Align to what the section needs.  */
4905 		if (section_alignment > 0)
4906 		  {
4907 		    bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
4908 		    newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
4909 
4910 		    if (newdot != savedot
4911 			&& (config.warn_section_align
4912 			    || os->addr_tree != NULL)
4913 			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4914 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: changing start of section"
4915 			       " %s by %lu bytes\n"),
4916 			     os->name, (unsigned long) (newdot - savedot));
4917 		  }
4918 
4919 		bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
4920 
4921 		os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
4922 	      }
4923 
4924 	    lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
4925 				  os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
4926 
4927 	    os->processed_vma = TRUE;
4928 
4929 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
4930 	      /* Except for some special linker created sections,
4931 		 no output section should change from zero size
4932 		 after strip_excluded_output_sections.  A non-zero
4933 		 size on an ignored section indicates that some
4934 		 input section was not sized early enough.  */
4935 	      ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
4936 	    else
4937 	      {
4938 		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
4939 
4940 		/* Put the section within the requested block size, or
4941 		   align at the block boundary.  */
4942 		after = ((dot
4943 			  + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
4944 			  + os->block_value - 1)
4945 			 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
4946 
4947 		os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after - os->bfd_section->vma);
4948 	      }
4949 
4950 	    /* Set section lma.  */
4951 	    r = os->region;
4952 	    if (r == NULL)
4953 	      r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
4954 
4955 	    if (os->load_base)
4956 	      {
4957 		bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
4958 		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
4959 	      }
4960 	    else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
4961 	      {
4962 		bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
4963 
4964 		/* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
4965 		   as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
4966 		   from the bfd section.  If a different region, then
4967 		   only align according to the value in the output
4968 		   statement.  */
4969 		if (os->lma_region != os->region)
4970 		  section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
4971 		if (section_alignment > 0)
4972 		  lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
4973 		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
4974 	      }
4975 	    else if (r->last_os != NULL
4976 		     && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4977 	      {
4978 		bfd_vma lma;
4979 		asection *last;
4980 
4981 		last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
4982 
4983 		/* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
4984 		   an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
4985 		   os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
4986 		   create overlapping LMAs.  */
4987 		if (dot < last->vma
4988 		    && os->bfd_section->size != 0
4989 		    && dot + os->bfd_section->size <= last->vma)
4990 		  {
4991 		    /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
4992 		       vma.  This is the old default lma, which might
4993 		       just happen to work when the backwards move is
4994 		       sufficiently large.  Nag if this changes anything,
4995 		       so people can fix their linker scripts.  */
4996 
4997 		    if (last->vma != last->lma)
4998 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards before `%s'\n"),
4999 			     os->name);
5000 		  }
5001 		else
5002 		  {
5003 		    /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5004 		       at the end of the previous section.  */
5005 		    if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5006 		      lma = last->lma + last->size;
5007 
5008 		    /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5009 		       as the previous section.  */
5010 		    else
5011 		      lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5012 
5013 		    if (section_alignment > 0)
5014 		      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5015 		    os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5016 		  }
5017 	      }
5018 	    os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5019 
5020 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5021 	      break;
5022 
5023 	    /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5024 	       lma region.  We use this to set the lma for
5025 	       following sections.  Overlays or other linker
5026 	       script assignment to lma might mean that the
5027 	       default lma == vma is incorrect.
5028 	       To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5029 	       -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5030 	       of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.  */
5031 	    if (((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5032 		 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
5033 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5034 		&& (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5035 		    || (r->last_os == NULL
5036 			&& os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5037 		    || (r->last_os != NULL
5038 			&& dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5039 				   .bfd_section->vma)))
5040 		&& os->lma_region == NULL
5041 		&& !link_info.relocatable)
5042 	      r->last_os = s;
5043 
5044 	    /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5045 	    if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5046 		|| (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
5047 		|| link_info.relocatable)
5048 	      dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5049 
5050 	    if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5051 	      exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5052 
5053 	    /* Update dot in the region ?
5054 	       We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5055 	       since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5056 	       overall size in memory.  */
5057 	    if (os->region != NULL
5058 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5059 	      {
5060 		os->region->current = dot;
5061 
5062 		if (check_regions)
5063 		  /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  */
5064 		  os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5065 				   os->bfd_section->vma);
5066 
5067 		if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5068 		    && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD))
5069 		  {
5070 		    os->lma_region->current
5071 		      = os->bfd_section->lma + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5072 
5073 		    if (check_regions)
5074 		      os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5075 				       os->bfd_section->lma);
5076 		  }
5077 	      }
5078 	  }
5079 	  break;
5080 
5081 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5082 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5083 				      output_section_statement,
5084 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5085 	  break;
5086 
5087 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
5088 	  {
5089 	    unsigned int size = 0;
5090 
5091 	    s->data_statement.output_offset =
5092 	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5093 	    s->data_statement.output_section =
5094 	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5095 
5096 	    /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5097 	       need to mark them as needed.  */
5098 	    exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5099 
5100 	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
5101 	      {
5102 	      default:
5103 		abort ();
5104 	      case QUAD:
5105 	      case SQUAD:
5106 		size = QUAD_SIZE;
5107 		break;
5108 	      case LONG:
5109 		size = LONG_SIZE;
5110 		break;
5111 	      case SHORT:
5112 		size = SHORT_SIZE;
5113 		break;
5114 	      case BYTE:
5115 		size = BYTE_SIZE;
5116 		break;
5117 	      }
5118 	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5119 	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5120 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5121 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5122 	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5123 
5124 	  }
5125 	  break;
5126 
5127 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5128 	  {
5129 	    int size;
5130 
5131 	    s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5132 	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5133 	    s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5134 	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5135 	    size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5136 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5137 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5138 	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5139 	  }
5140 	  break;
5141 
5142 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5143 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5144 				      output_section_statement,
5145 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5146 	  break;
5147 
5148 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5149 	  link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5150 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5151 	  break;
5152 
5153 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
5154 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
5155 	  break;
5156 
5157 	case lang_input_section_enum:
5158 	  {
5159 	    asection *i;
5160 
5161 	    i = s->input_section.section;
5162 	    if (relax)
5163 	      {
5164 		bfd_boolean again;
5165 
5166 		if (! bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5167 		  einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5168 		if (again)
5169 		  *relax = TRUE;
5170 	      }
5171 	    dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5172 				      output_section_statement->fill, dot);
5173 	  }
5174 	  break;
5175 
5176 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
5177 	  break;
5178 
5179 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5180 	  s->fill_statement.output_section =
5181 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5182 
5183 	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5184 	  break;
5185 
5186 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5187 	  {
5188 	    bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5189 	    etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5190 
5191 	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_dataseg_relro_none;
5192 
5193 	    exp_fold_tree (tree,
5194 			   output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5195 			   &newdot);
5196 
5197 	    if (expld.dataseg.relro == exp_dataseg_relro_start)
5198 	      {
5199 		if (!expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat)
5200 		  expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat = s;
5201 		else
5202 		  {
5203 		    ASSERT (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat == s);
5204 		  }
5205 	      }
5206 	    else if (expld.dataseg.relro == exp_dataseg_relro_end)
5207 	      {
5208 		if (!expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
5209 		  expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat = s;
5210 		else
5211 		  {
5212 		    ASSERT (expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat == s);
5213 		  }
5214 	      }
5215 	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_dataseg_relro_none;
5216 
5217 	    /* This symbol may be relative to this section.  */
5218 	    if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5219 		 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5220 		&& (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5221 		    || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5222 	      output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5223 
5224 	    if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5225 	      {
5226 		if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5227 		  {
5228 		    /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5229 		       the default memory address.  */
5230 		    lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5231 					       FALSE)->current = newdot;
5232 		  }
5233 		else if (newdot != dot)
5234 		  {
5235 		    /* Insert a pad after this statement.  We can't
5236 		       put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5237 		       assignment references dot.  */
5238 		    insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5239 				output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5240 
5241 		    /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing.  */
5242 		    s = s->header.next;
5243 
5244 		    /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5245 		       should have space allocated to it, unless the
5246 		       user has explicitly stated that the section
5247 		       should not be allocated.  */
5248 		    if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5249 			&& (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5250 			    || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5251 				== bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5252 		      output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5253 		  }
5254 		dot = newdot;
5255 	      }
5256 	  }
5257 	  break;
5258 
5259 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5260 	  /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5261 	     we won't have any padding statements.  If this is the
5262 	     second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5263 	     padding to shrink.  If padding is needed on this pass, it
5264 	     will be added back in.  */
5265 	  s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5266 
5267 	  /* Make sure output_offset is valid.  If relaxation shrinks
5268 	     the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5269 	     have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5270 	     section.  bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5271 	     a pad size of zero.  */
5272 	  s->padding_statement.output_offset
5273 	    = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5274 	  break;
5275 
5276 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
5277 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5278 				      output_section_statement,
5279 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5280 	  break;
5281 
5282 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5283 	  break;
5284 
5285 	  /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on.  */
5286 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
5287 	  break;
5288 
5289 	default:
5290 	  FAIL ();
5291 	  break;
5292 	}
5293       prev = &s->header.next;
5294     }
5295   return dot;
5296 }
5297 
5298 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5299    The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5300    CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5301    segments.  We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision.  */
5302 
5303 bfd_boolean
5304 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5305 				    bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5306 				    asection * current_section,
5307 				    asection * previous_section,
5308 				    bfd_boolean new_segment)
5309 {
5310   lang_output_section_statement_type * cur;
5311   lang_output_section_statement_type * prev;
5312 
5313   /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5314      that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment.  */
5315   if (new_segment)
5316     return TRUE;
5317 
5318   /* Paranoia checks.  */
5319   if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5320     return new_segment;
5321 
5322   /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5323      sections comingled in the same segment.  */
5324   if (config.separate_code
5325       && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5326     return TRUE;
5327 
5328   /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5329      We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5330      of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5331      we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster.  */
5332   cur  = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5333   prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5334 
5335   /* More paranoia.  */
5336   if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5337     return new_segment;
5338 
5339   /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5340      different segments.  See the email thread starting at the following
5341      URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5342      http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html  */
5343   return cur->region != prev->region;
5344 }
5345 
5346 void
5347 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5348 {
5349   lang_statement_iteration++;
5350   lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5351 			0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5352 }
5353 
5354 void
5355 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5356 {
5357   expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5358   expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_none;
5359 
5360   one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5361   if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_dataseg_end_seen
5362       && link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5363     {
5364       /* If DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END pair was seen, try
5365 	 to put expld.dataseg.relro on a (common) page boundary.  */
5366       bfd_vma min_base, old_base, relro_end, maxpage;
5367 
5368       expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_relro_adjust;
5369       maxpage = expld.dataseg.maxpagesize;
5370       /* MIN_BASE is the absolute minimum address we are allowed to start the
5371 	 read-write segment (byte before will be mapped read-only).  */
5372       min_base = (expld.dataseg.min_base + maxpage - 1) & ~(maxpage - 1);
5373       /* OLD_BASE is the address for a feasible minimum address which will
5374 	 still not cause a data overlap inside MAXPAGE causing file offset skip
5375 	 by MAXPAGE.  */
5376       old_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5377       expld.dataseg.base += (-expld.dataseg.relro_end
5378 			     & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1));
5379       /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO segment end.  */
5380       relro_end = ((expld.dataseg.relro_end + expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1)
5381 		   & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1));
5382       if (min_base + maxpage < expld.dataseg.base)
5383 	{
5384 	  expld.dataseg.base -= maxpage;
5385 	  relro_end -= maxpage;
5386 	}
5387       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5388       one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5389       if (expld.dataseg.relro_end > relro_end)
5390 	{
5391 	  /* The alignment of sections between DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN
5392 	     and DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END caused huge padding to be
5393 	     inserted at DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END.  Try to start a bit lower so
5394 	     that the section alignments will fit in.  */
5395 	  asection *sec;
5396 	  unsigned int max_alignment_power = 0;
5397 
5398 	  /* Find maximum alignment power of sections between
5399 	     DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN and DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END.  */
5400 	  for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
5401 	    if (sec->vma >= expld.dataseg.base
5402 		&& sec->vma < expld.dataseg.relro_end
5403 		&& sec->alignment_power > max_alignment_power)
5404 	      max_alignment_power = sec->alignment_power;
5405 
5406 	  if (((bfd_vma) 1 << max_alignment_power) < expld.dataseg.pagesize)
5407 	    {
5408 	      if (expld.dataseg.base - (1 << max_alignment_power) < old_base)
5409 		expld.dataseg.base += expld.dataseg.pagesize;
5410 	      expld.dataseg.base -= (1 << max_alignment_power);
5411 	      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5412 	      one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5413 	    }
5414 	}
5415       link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5416       link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5417     }
5418   else if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_dataseg_end_seen)
5419     {
5420       /* If DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN DATA_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5421 	 a page could be saved in the data segment.  */
5422       bfd_vma first, last;
5423 
5424       first = -expld.dataseg.base & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1);
5425       last = expld.dataseg.end & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1);
5426       if (first && last
5427 	  && ((expld.dataseg.base & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1))
5428 	      != (expld.dataseg.end & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1)))
5429 	  && first + last <= expld.dataseg.pagesize)
5430 	{
5431 	  expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_adjust;
5432 	  lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5433 	  one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5434 	}
5435       else
5436 	expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_done;
5437     }
5438   else
5439     expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_done;
5440 }
5441 
5442 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5443 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5444 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5445 
5446 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments.  Recursiveness goes here.  */
5447 
5448 static bfd_vma
5449 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5450 		       lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5451 		       fill_type *fill,
5452 		       bfd_vma dot,
5453 		       bfd_boolean *found_end)
5454 {
5455   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5456     {
5457       switch (s->header.type)
5458 	{
5459 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5460 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5461 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5462 	  break;
5463 
5464 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5465 	  {
5466 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5467 
5468 	    os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5469 	    os->after_end = *found_end;
5470 	    if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5471 	      {
5472 		if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5473 		  {
5474 		    current_section = os;
5475 		    prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5476 		  }
5477 		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5478 
5479 		lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5480 				       os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5481 
5482 		/* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5483 		if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5484 		    || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
5485 		    || link_info.relocatable)
5486 		  dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5487 
5488 		if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5489 		  exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5490 	      }
5491 	  }
5492 	  break;
5493 
5494 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5495 
5496 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5497 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5498 	  break;
5499 
5500 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5501 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
5502 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
5503 	  break;
5504 
5505 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
5506 	  exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5507 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
5508 	    {
5509 	      s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5510 	      if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5511 		s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5512 	    }
5513 	  else
5514 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5515 	  {
5516 	    unsigned int size;
5517 	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
5518 	      {
5519 	      default:
5520 		abort ();
5521 	      case QUAD:
5522 	      case SQUAD:
5523 		size = QUAD_SIZE;
5524 		break;
5525 	      case LONG:
5526 		size = LONG_SIZE;
5527 		break;
5528 	      case SHORT:
5529 		size = SHORT_SIZE;
5530 		break;
5531 	      case BYTE:
5532 		size = BYTE_SIZE;
5533 		break;
5534 	      }
5535 	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5536 	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5537 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5538 	  }
5539 	  break;
5540 
5541 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5542 	  exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5543 			 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5544 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
5545 	    s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5546 	  else
5547 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5548 	  dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5549 	  break;
5550 
5551 	case lang_input_section_enum:
5552 	  {
5553 	    asection *in = s->input_section.section;
5554 
5555 	    if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
5556 	      dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
5557 	  }
5558 	  break;
5559 
5560 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
5561 	  break;
5562 
5563 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5564 	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5565 	  break;
5566 
5567 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5568 	  current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
5569 	  if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
5570 	    {
5571 	      const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
5572 
5573 	      if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
5574 		prefer_next_section = TRUE;
5575 
5576 	      while (*p == '_')
5577 		++p;
5578 	      if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
5579 		*found_end = TRUE;
5580 	    }
5581 	  exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
5582 			 current_os->bfd_section,
5583 			 &dot);
5584 	  break;
5585 
5586 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5587 	  dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
5588 	  break;
5589 
5590 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
5591 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
5592 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5593 	  break;
5594 
5595 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5596 	  break;
5597 
5598 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
5599 	  break;
5600 
5601 	default:
5602 	  FAIL ();
5603 	  break;
5604 	}
5605     }
5606   return dot;
5607 }
5608 
5609 void
5610 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
5611 {
5612   bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
5613 
5614   current_section = NULL;
5615   prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5616   expld.phase = phase;
5617   lang_statement_iteration++;
5618   lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
5619 			 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
5620 }
5621 
5622 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
5623    choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
5624    of "dot".  */
5625 
5626 asection *
5627 section_for_dot (void)
5628 {
5629   asection *s;
5630 
5631   /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
5632      has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
5633      assignments belong to the next output section.  (The assumption
5634      is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
5635      next output section.)  Except that past the assignment to "_end"
5636      we always associate with the previous section.  This exception is
5637      for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
5638      weirdness after non-alloc sections.  */
5639   if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
5640     {
5641       lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
5642       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5643 
5644       for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
5645 	   stmt != NULL;
5646 	   stmt = stmt->header.next)
5647 	if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
5648 	  break;
5649 
5650       os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
5651       while (os != NULL
5652 	     && !os->after_end
5653 	     && (os->bfd_section == NULL
5654 		 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5655 		 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
5656 						   os->bfd_section)))
5657 	os = os->next;
5658 
5659       if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
5660 	{
5661 	  if (os != NULL)
5662 	    s = os->bfd_section;
5663 	  else
5664 	    s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
5665 	  while (s != NULL
5666 		 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5667 		     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5668 	    s = s->prev;
5669 	  if (s != NULL)
5670 	    return s;
5671 
5672 	  return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5673 	}
5674     }
5675 
5676   s = current_section->bfd_section;
5677 
5678   /* The section may have been stripped.  */
5679   while (s != NULL
5680 	 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5681 	     || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5682 	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
5683 	     || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
5684     s = s->prev;
5685   if (s == NULL)
5686     s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
5687   while (s != NULL
5688 	 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5689 	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5690     s = s->next;
5691   if (s != NULL)
5692     return s;
5693 
5694   return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5695 }
5696 
5697 /* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  When the assemblers see the
5698    operator .startof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
5699    .startof.section_name.  Similarly, when it sees
5700    .sizeof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
5701    .sizeof.section_name.  For all the output sections, we look for
5702    such symbols, and set them to the correct value.  */
5703 
5704 static void
5705 lang_set_startof (void)
5706 {
5707   asection *s;
5708 
5709   if (link_info.relocatable)
5710     return;
5711 
5712   for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5713     {
5714       const char *secname;
5715       char *buf;
5716       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
5717 
5718       secname = bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd, s);
5719       buf = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
5720 
5721       sprintf (buf, ".startof.%s", secname);
5722       h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5723       if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5724 	{
5725 	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5726 	  h->u.def.value = 0;
5727 	  h->u.def.section = s;
5728 	}
5729 
5730       sprintf (buf, ".sizeof.%s", secname);
5731       h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5732       if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5733 	{
5734 	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5735 	  h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (s->size);
5736 	  h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5737 	}
5738 
5739       free (buf);
5740     }
5741 }
5742 
5743 static void
5744 lang_end (void)
5745 {
5746   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
5747   bfd_boolean warn;
5748 
5749   if ((link_info.relocatable && !link_info.gc_sections)
5750       || (link_info.shared && !link_info.executable))
5751     warn = entry_from_cmdline;
5752   else
5753     warn = TRUE;
5754 
5755   /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
5756      --gc-sections.  */
5757   if (link_info.gc_sections && link_info.relocatable
5758       && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
5759     einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
5760 	     "an undefined symbol\n"));
5761 
5762   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
5763     {
5764       /* No entry has been specified.  Look for the default entry, but
5765 	 don't warn if we don't find it.  */
5766       entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
5767       warn = FALSE;
5768     }
5769 
5770   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
5771 			    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5772   if (h != NULL
5773       && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5774 	  || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5775       && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
5776     {
5777       bfd_vma val;
5778 
5779       val = (h->u.def.value
5780 	     + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
5781 				    h->u.def.section->output_section)
5782 	     + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
5783       if (! bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
5784 	einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
5785     }
5786   else
5787     {
5788       bfd_vma val;
5789       const char *send;
5790 
5791       /* We couldn't find the entry symbol.  Try parsing it as a
5792 	 number.  */
5793       val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
5794       if (*send == '\0')
5795 	{
5796 	  if (! bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
5797 	    einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
5798 	}
5799       else
5800 	{
5801 	  asection *ts;
5802 
5803 	  /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number.  Use
5804 	     the first address in the text section.  */
5805 	  ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
5806 	  if (ts != NULL)
5807 	    {
5808 	      if (warn)
5809 		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
5810 			 " defaulting to %V\n"),
5811 		       entry_symbol.name,
5812 		       bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
5813 	      if (!(bfd_set_start_address
5814 		    (link_info.output_bfd,
5815 		     bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
5816 		einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
5817 	    }
5818 	  else
5819 	    {
5820 	      if (warn)
5821 		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
5822 			 " not setting start address\n"),
5823 		       entry_symbol.name);
5824 	    }
5825 	}
5826     }
5827 
5828   /* Don't bfd_hash_table_free (&lang_definedness_table);
5829      map file output may result in a call of lang_track_definedness.  */
5830 }
5831 
5832 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
5833    BFD.  */
5834 
5835 static void
5836 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *s ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, ...)
5837 {
5838   /* Don't do anything.  */
5839 }
5840 
5841 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
5842    with the output file.  Also call the backend to let it do any
5843    other checking that is needed.  */
5844 
5845 static void
5846 lang_check (void)
5847 {
5848   lang_statement_union_type *file;
5849   bfd *input_bfd;
5850   const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
5851 
5852   for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
5853     {
5854 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
5855       /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin.  */
5856       if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
5857 	continue;
5858 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
5859       input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
5860       compatible
5861 	= bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
5862 				   command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
5863 
5864       /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
5865 	 link between differing object formats when the input
5866 	 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
5867 	 input format may not have equivalent representations in
5868 	 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
5869 	 relocs for other link purposes than a final link).  */
5870       if ((link_info.relocatable || link_info.emitrelocations)
5871 	  && (compatible == NULL
5872 	      || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
5873 		  != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
5874 	  && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
5875 	{
5876 	  einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from"
5877 		   " format %s (%B) to format %s (%B) is not supported\n"),
5878 		 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
5879 		 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
5880 	  /* einfo with %F exits.  */
5881 	}
5882 
5883       if (compatible == NULL)
5884 	{
5885 	  if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
5886 	    einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%B'"
5887 		     " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
5888 		   bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
5889 		   bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
5890 	}
5891       else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
5892 	{
5893 	  /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
5894 	     private data of the output bfd.  */
5895 
5896 	  bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
5897 
5898 	  /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
5899 	     files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
5900 	     function which will do nothing.  We still want to call
5901 	     bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
5902 	     information which is needed in the output file.  */
5903 	  if (! command_line.warn_mismatch)
5904 	    pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
5905 	  if (! bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd))
5906 	    {
5907 	      if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
5908 		einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data"
5909 			 " of file %B\n"), input_bfd);
5910 	    }
5911 	  if (! command_line.warn_mismatch)
5912 	    bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
5913 	}
5914     }
5915 }
5916 
5917 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
5918    correct section.  The -sort-common command line switch may be used
5919    to roughly sort the entries by alignment.  */
5920 
5921 static void
5922 lang_common (void)
5923 {
5924   if (command_line.inhibit_common_definition)
5925     return;
5926   if (link_info.relocatable
5927       && ! command_line.force_common_definition)
5928     return;
5929 
5930   if (! config.sort_common)
5931     bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
5932   else
5933     {
5934       unsigned int power;
5935 
5936       if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
5937 	{
5938 	  for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
5939 	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
5940 
5941 	  power = 0;
5942 	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
5943 	}
5944       else
5945 	{
5946 	  for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
5947 	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
5948 
5949 	  power = UINT_MAX;
5950 	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
5951 	}
5952     }
5953 }
5954 
5955 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section.  */
5956 
5957 static bfd_boolean
5958 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
5959 {
5960   unsigned int power_of_two;
5961   bfd_vma size;
5962   asection *section;
5963 
5964   if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
5965     return TRUE;
5966 
5967   size = h->u.c.size;
5968   power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
5969 
5970   if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
5971       && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
5972     return TRUE;
5973   else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
5974 	   && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
5975     return TRUE;
5976 
5977   section = h->u.c.p->section;
5978   if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
5979     einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%T': %E\n"),
5980 	   h->root.string);
5981 
5982   if (config.map_file != NULL)
5983     {
5984       static bfd_boolean header_printed;
5985       int len;
5986       char *name;
5987       char buf[50];
5988 
5989       if (! header_printed)
5990 	{
5991 	  minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
5992 	  minfo (_("Common symbol       size              file\n\n"));
5993 	  header_printed = TRUE;
5994 	}
5995 
5996       name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
5997 			   DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
5998       if (name == NULL)
5999 	{
6000 	  minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6001 	  len = strlen (h->root.string);
6002 	}
6003       else
6004 	{
6005 	  minfo ("%s", name);
6006 	  len = strlen (name);
6007 	  free (name);
6008 	}
6009 
6010       if (len >= 19)
6011 	{
6012 	  print_nl ();
6013 	  len = 0;
6014 	}
6015       while (len < 20)
6016 	{
6017 	  print_space ();
6018 	  ++len;
6019 	}
6020 
6021       minfo ("0x");
6022       if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6023 	sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6024       else
6025 	sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6026       minfo ("%s", buf);
6027       len = strlen (buf);
6028 
6029       while (len < 16)
6030 	{
6031 	  print_space ();
6032 	  ++len;
6033 	}
6034 
6035       minfo ("%B\n", section->owner);
6036     }
6037 
6038   return TRUE;
6039 }
6040 
6041 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6042    somewhere to go.  If one is found without a destination then create
6043    an input request and place it into the statement tree.  */
6044 
6045 static void
6046 lang_place_orphans (void)
6047 {
6048   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6049     {
6050       asection *s;
6051 
6052       for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6053 	{
6054 	  if (s->output_section == NULL)
6055 	    {
6056 	      /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6057 		 around for a sensible place for it to go.  */
6058 
6059 	      if (file->flags.just_syms)
6060 		bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6061 	      else if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
6062 		s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6063 	      else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6064 		{
6065 		  /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6066 		     come from an archive.  We attach to the section
6067 		     with the wildcard.  */
6068 		  if (! link_info.relocatable
6069 		      || command_line.force_common_definition)
6070 		    {
6071 		      if (default_common_section == NULL)
6072 			default_common_section
6073 			  = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6074 								  TRUE);
6075 		      lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6076 					NULL, default_common_section);
6077 		    }
6078 		}
6079 	      else
6080 		{
6081 		  const char *name = s->name;
6082 		  int constraint = 0;
6083 
6084 		  if (config.unique_orphan_sections
6085 		      || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6086 		    constraint = SPECIAL;
6087 
6088 		  if (!ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint))
6089 		    {
6090 		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6091 		      os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name,
6092 								 constraint,
6093 								 TRUE);
6094 		      if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6095 			  && (link_info.relocatable
6096 			      || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6097 			os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6098 		      lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6099 		    }
6100 		}
6101 	    }
6102 	}
6103     }
6104 }
6105 
6106 void
6107 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6108 {
6109   flagword *ptr_flags;
6110 
6111   ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6112   while (*flags)
6113     {
6114       switch (*flags)
6115 	{
6116 	case 'A': case 'a':
6117 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6118 	  break;
6119 
6120 	case 'R': case 'r':
6121 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6122 	  break;
6123 
6124 	case 'W': case 'w':
6125 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6126 	  break;
6127 
6128 	case 'X': case 'x':
6129 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6130 	  break;
6131 
6132 	case 'L': case 'l':
6133 	case 'I': case 'i':
6134 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6135 	  break;
6136 
6137 	default:
6138 	  einfo (_("%P%F: invalid syntax in flags\n"));
6139 	  break;
6140 	}
6141       flags++;
6142     }
6143 }
6144 
6145 /* Call a function on each input file.  This function will be called
6146    on an archive, but not on the elements.  */
6147 
6148 void
6149 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6150 {
6151   lang_input_statement_type *f;
6152 
6153   for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
6154        f != NULL;
6155        f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next_real_file)
6156     func (f);
6157 }
6158 
6159 /* Call a function on each file.  The function will be called on all
6160    the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6161    not be called on the archive file itself.  */
6162 
6163 void
6164 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6165 {
6166   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6167     {
6168       func (f);
6169     }
6170 }
6171 
6172 void
6173 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6174 {
6175   lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6176 			 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6177 			 &entry->next);
6178 
6179   /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6180      a link.  */
6181   ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link_next == NULL);
6182   ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6183 
6184   *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6185   link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link_next;
6186   entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6187   bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6188 
6189   /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6190      included in the link.  We need to do this now, so that we can
6191      notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6192      definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6193      going to link.  FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6194      symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6195      discarded.  This would require modifying the backend linker for
6196      each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag.  If we do
6197      this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way.  */
6198 
6199   bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6200 }
6201 
6202 void
6203 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6204 {
6205   /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script.  */
6206   if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6207     {
6208       output_filename = name;
6209       had_output_filename = TRUE;
6210     }
6211 }
6212 
6213 static int
6214 topower (int x)
6215 {
6216   unsigned int i = 1;
6217   int l;
6218 
6219   if (x < 0)
6220     return -1;
6221 
6222   for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
6223     {
6224       if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
6225 	return l;
6226       i <<= 1;
6227     }
6228 
6229   return 0;
6230 }
6231 
6232 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6233 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6234 				     etree_type *address_exp,
6235 				     enum section_type sectype,
6236 				     etree_type *align,
6237 				     etree_type *subalign,
6238 				     etree_type *ebase,
6239 				     int constraint)
6240 {
6241   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6242 
6243   os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6244 					     constraint, TRUE);
6245   current_section = os;
6246 
6247   if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6248     {
6249       os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6250     }
6251   os->sectype = sectype;
6252   if (sectype != noload_section)
6253     os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6254   else
6255     os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6256   os->block_value = 1;
6257 
6258   /* Make next things chain into subchain of this.  */
6259   push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6260 
6261   os->subsection_alignment =
6262     topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment"));
6263   os->section_alignment =
6264     topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment"));
6265 
6266   os->load_base = ebase;
6267   return os;
6268 }
6269 
6270 void
6271 lang_final (void)
6272 {
6273   lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6274 
6275   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6276   new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6277 
6278 }
6279 
6280 /* Reset the current counters in the regions.  */
6281 
6282 void
6283 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6284 {
6285   lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6286   asection *o;
6287   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6288 
6289   for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6290     {
6291       p->current = p->origin;
6292       p->last_os = NULL;
6293     }
6294 
6295   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6296        os != NULL;
6297        os = os->next)
6298     {
6299       os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6300       os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6301     }
6302 
6303   for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6304     {
6305       /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section.  */
6306       o->rawsize = o->size;
6307       o->size = 0;
6308     }
6309 }
6310 
6311 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1.  */
6312 
6313 static void
6314 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6315 		     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6316 		     asection *section,
6317 		     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6318 		     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6319 		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6320 {
6321   /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6322      should be as well.  */
6323   if (ptr->keep_sections)
6324     section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6325 }
6326 
6327 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC.  */
6328 
6329 static void
6330 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6331 {
6332   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6333     {
6334       switch (s->header.type)
6335 	{
6336 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6337 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6338 	  break;
6339 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6340 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6341 	  break;
6342 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6343 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6344 	  break;
6345 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
6346 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6347 	  break;
6348 	default:
6349 	  break;
6350 	}
6351     }
6352 }
6353 
6354 static void
6355 lang_gc_sections (void)
6356 {
6357   /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script.  */
6358 
6359   lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6360 
6361   /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6362      the special case of debug info.  (See bfd/stabs.c)
6363      Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code.  */
6364   if (link_info.relocatable)
6365     {
6366       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6367 	{
6368 	  asection *sec;
6369 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6370 	  if (f->flags.claimed)
6371 	    continue;
6372 #endif
6373 	  for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6374 	    if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6375 	      sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6376 	}
6377     }
6378 
6379   if (link_info.gc_sections)
6380     bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6381 }
6382 
6383 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1.  */
6384 
6385 static void
6386 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6387 			     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6388 			     asection *section,
6389 			     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6390 			     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6391 			     void *data)
6392 {
6393   /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
6394      size.  */
6395   if (section->output_section != NULL
6396       && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
6397       && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6398       && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
6399       && section->size != 0)
6400     {
6401       bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
6402       *has_relro_section = TRUE;
6403     }
6404 }
6405 
6406 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections.  */
6407 
6408 static void
6409 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6410 			    bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
6411 {
6412   if (*has_relro_section)
6413     return;
6414 
6415   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6416     {
6417       if (s == expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
6418 	break;
6419 
6420       switch (s->header.type)
6421 	{
6422 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6423 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
6424 		     find_relro_section_callback,
6425 		     has_relro_section);
6426 	  break;
6427 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6428 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
6429 				      has_relro_section);
6430 	  break;
6431 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6432 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
6433 				      has_relro_section);
6434 	  break;
6435 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
6436 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6437 				      has_relro_section);
6438 	  break;
6439 	default:
6440 	  break;
6441 	}
6442     }
6443 }
6444 
6445 static void
6446 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
6447 {
6448   bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
6449 
6450   /* Check all sections in the link script.  */
6451 
6452   lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
6453 			      &has_relro_section);
6454 
6455   if (!has_relro_section)
6456     link_info.relro = FALSE;
6457 }
6458 
6459 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6460 
6461 void
6462 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
6463 {
6464   if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
6465     {
6466       /* We may need more than one relaxation pass.  */
6467       int i = link_info.relax_pass;
6468 
6469       /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass.  */
6470       link_info.relax_pass = 0;
6471 
6472       while (i--)
6473 	{
6474 	  /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6475 	  bfd_boolean relax_again;
6476 
6477 	  link_info.relax_trip = -1;
6478 	  do
6479 	    {
6480 	      link_info.relax_trip++;
6481 
6482 	      /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also.  If you find
6483 		 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
6484 		 pe-dll.c also.  DJ  */
6485 
6486 	      /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
6487 		 section sizes.  */
6488 	      lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6489 
6490 	      /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
6491 		 size.  */
6492 	      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6493 
6494 	      /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
6495 		 globals are, so can make a better guess.  */
6496 	      relax_again = FALSE;
6497 	      lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
6498 	    }
6499 	  while (relax_again);
6500 
6501 	  link_info.relax_pass++;
6502 	}
6503       need_layout = TRUE;
6504     }
6505 
6506   if (need_layout)
6507     {
6508       /* Final extra sizing to report errors.  */
6509       lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6510       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6511       lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
6512     }
6513 }
6514 
6515 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6516 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files.  We
6517    place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
6518    first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
6519    object file immediately preceding the archive.  In the event
6520    no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
6521    object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
6522    the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
6523    is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
6524    input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
6525    inserted at the head of the file_chain.  */
6526 
6527 static lang_input_statement_type *
6528 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
6529 {
6530   lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
6531   lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6532   for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6533        claim1 != NULL;
6534        claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
6535     {
6536       if (claim1->flags.claimed)
6537 	return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
6538       /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file.  */
6539       if (claim1->the_bfd && (claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL))
6540 	lastobject = claim1;
6541     }
6542   /* No files were claimed by the plugin.  Choose the last object
6543      file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
6544      insert point.  */
6545   return lastobject;
6546 }
6547 
6548 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
6549    on FIELD as the next-pointer.  (Counterintuitively does not need
6550    a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.)  */
6551 
6552 static void
6553 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
6554 			lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
6555 			lang_statement_union_type **field)
6556 {
6557   *(srclist->tail) = *field;
6558   *field = srclist->head;
6559   if (destlist->tail == field)
6560     destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
6561 }
6562 
6563 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
6564    was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST.  */
6565 
6566 static void
6567 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
6568 		       lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
6569 {
6570   union lang_statement_union **savetail;
6571   /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST.  */
6572   ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
6573   savetail = origlist->tail;
6574   origlist->head = *(savetail);
6575   origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
6576   destlist->tail = savetail;
6577   *savetail = NULL;
6578 }
6579 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6580 
6581 void
6582 lang_process (void)
6583 {
6584   /* Finalize dynamic list.  */
6585   if (link_info.dynamic_list)
6586     lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
6587 
6588   current_target = default_target;
6589 
6590   /* Open the output file.  */
6591   lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
6592   init_opb ();
6593 
6594   ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
6595 
6596   /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line.  */
6597   lang_place_undefineds ();
6598 
6599   if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
6600     einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n"));
6601 
6602   /* Create a bfd for each input file.  */
6603   current_target = default_target;
6604   open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
6605 
6606 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6607   if (plugin_active_plugins_p ())
6608     {
6609       lang_statement_list_type added;
6610       lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
6611 
6612       /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
6613 	 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
6614 	 emulation's after_open hook.  We create a private list of
6615 	 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
6616 	 insert into the global statment list after the first claimed
6617 	 file.  */
6618       added = *stat_ptr;
6619       /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony.  */
6620       files = file_chain;
6621       inputfiles = input_file_chain;
6622       if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
6623 	einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
6624 	       plugin_error_plugin ());
6625       /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains.  */
6626       link_info.loading_lto_outputs = TRUE;
6627       open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
6628       /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added.  */
6629       lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
6630       /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists.  */
6631       lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
6632       lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
6633       /* Were any new files added?  */
6634       if (added.head != NULL)
6635 	{
6636 	  /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
6637 	     after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin.  */
6638 	  plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
6639 	  /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
6640 	     don't really have a good idea where to place them.  Just putting
6641 	     them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
6642 	     outside the crtbegin...crtend range.  */
6643 	  ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
6644 	  /* Splice the new statement list into the old one.  */
6645 	  lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
6646 				  &plugin_insert->header.next);
6647 	  /* Likewise for the file chains.  */
6648 	  lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
6649 				  &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
6650 	  /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
6651 	     insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
6652 	     point chosen is the dummy first input file.  */
6653 	  if (plugin_insert->filename)
6654 	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
6655 	  else
6656 	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
6657 
6658 	  /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared.  */
6659 	  open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
6660 	}
6661     }
6662 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6663 
6664   link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
6665   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6666     link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
6667 
6668   ldemul_after_open ();
6669 
6670   bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
6671 
6672   /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures.  We call this
6673      after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
6674      other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
6675      does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
6676      link.  */
6677   lang_check ();
6678 
6679   /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so.  */
6680   if (command_line.version_exports_section)
6681     lang_do_version_exports_section ();
6682 
6683   /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
6684      files.  */
6685   ldctor_build_sets ();
6686 
6687   /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
6688      collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved.  */
6689   lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
6690   expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
6691 
6692   /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to.  */
6693   lang_gc_sections ();
6694 
6695   /* Size up the common data.  */
6696   lang_common ();
6697 
6698   /* Update wild statements.  */
6699   update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
6700 
6701   /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
6702      to the correct output sections.  */
6703   lang_statement_iteration++;
6704   map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
6705 
6706   process_insert_statements ();
6707 
6708   /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them.  */
6709   lang_place_orphans ();
6710 
6711   if (! link_info.relocatable)
6712     {
6713       asection *found;
6714 
6715       /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections.  This has to be done after GC of
6716 	 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
6717 	 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
6718 	 is hard then.  */
6719       bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6720 
6721       /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it.  */
6722       found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
6723 
6724       if (found != NULL)
6725 	{
6726 	  if (config.text_read_only)
6727 	    found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6728 	  else
6729 	    found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
6730 	}
6731     }
6732 
6733   /* Do anything special before sizing sections.  This is where ELF
6734      and other back-ends size dynamic sections.  */
6735   ldemul_before_allocation ();
6736 
6737   /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
6738      section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS.  */
6739   lang_record_phdrs ();
6740 
6741   /* Check relro sections.  */
6742   if (link_info.relro && ! link_info.relocatable)
6743     lang_find_relro_sections ();
6744 
6745   /* Size up the sections.  */
6746   lang_size_sections (NULL, ! RELAXATION_ENABLED);
6747 
6748   /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
6749      everything is.  This is where relaxation is done.  */
6750   ldemul_after_allocation ();
6751 
6752   /* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  */
6753   lang_set_startof ();
6754 
6755   /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
6756      of all the symbols.  */
6757   lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
6758 
6759   ldemul_finish ();
6760 
6761   /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense.  */
6762   if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
6763     lang_check_section_addresses ();
6764 
6765   lang_end ();
6766 }
6767 
6768 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
6769 
6770 void
6771 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
6772 	       struct wildcard_list *section_list,
6773 	       bfd_boolean keep_sections)
6774 {
6775   struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
6776   lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
6777 
6778   /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front.  */
6779   for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
6780        curr != NULL;
6781        section_list = curr, curr = next)
6782     {
6783       if (curr->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (curr->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
6784 	placed_commons = TRUE;
6785 
6786       next = curr->next;
6787       curr->next = section_list;
6788     }
6789 
6790   if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
6791     {
6792       if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
6793 	filespec->name = NULL;
6794       else if (! wildcardp (filespec->name))
6795 	lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
6796     }
6797 
6798   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
6799   new_stmt->filename = NULL;
6800   new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
6801   new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
6802   if (filespec != NULL)
6803     {
6804       new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
6805       new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
6806       new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
6807     }
6808   new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
6809   new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
6810   lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
6811   analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
6812 }
6813 
6814 void
6815 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
6816 		    const segment_type *segment)
6817 {
6818   lang_address_statement_type *ad;
6819 
6820   ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
6821   ad->section_name = name;
6822   ad->address = address;
6823   ad->segment = segment;
6824 }
6825 
6826 /* Set the start symbol to NAME.  CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
6827    because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
6828    called by ENTRY in a linker script.  Command line arguments take
6829    precedence.  */
6830 
6831 void
6832 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
6833 {
6834   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
6835       || cmdline
6836       || ! entry_from_cmdline)
6837     {
6838       entry_symbol.name = name;
6839       entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
6840     }
6841 }
6842 
6843 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME.  .em files should use this,
6844    not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
6845    linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point.  NAME
6846    must be permanently allocated.  */
6847 void
6848 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
6849 {
6850   entry_symbol_default = name;
6851 }
6852 
6853 void
6854 lang_add_target (const char *name)
6855 {
6856   lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
6857 
6858   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
6859   new_stmt->target = name;
6860 }
6861 
6862 void
6863 lang_add_map (const char *name)
6864 {
6865   while (*name)
6866     {
6867       switch (*name)
6868 	{
6869 	case 'F':
6870 	  map_option_f = TRUE;
6871 	  break;
6872 	}
6873       name++;
6874     }
6875 }
6876 
6877 void
6878 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
6879 {
6880   lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
6881 
6882   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
6883   new_stmt->fill = fill;
6884 }
6885 
6886 void
6887 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
6888 {
6889   lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
6890 
6891   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
6892   new_stmt->exp = exp;
6893   new_stmt->type = type;
6894 }
6895 
6896 /* Create a new reloc statement.  RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
6897    generate.  HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
6898    look this up, but the caller has already done so).  SECTION is the
6899    section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
6900    symbol to generate a reloc against.  Exactly one of SECTION and
6901    NAME must be NULL.  ADDEND is an expression for the addend.  */
6902 
6903 void
6904 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
6905 		reloc_howto_type *howto,
6906 		asection *section,
6907 		const char *name,
6908 		union etree_union *addend)
6909 {
6910   lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
6911 
6912   p->reloc = reloc;
6913   p->howto = howto;
6914   p->section = section;
6915   p->name = name;
6916   p->addend_exp = addend;
6917 
6918   p->addend_value = 0;
6919   p->output_section = NULL;
6920   p->output_offset = 0;
6921 }
6922 
6923 lang_assignment_statement_type *
6924 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
6925 {
6926   lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
6927 
6928   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
6929   new_stmt->exp = exp;
6930   return new_stmt;
6931 }
6932 
6933 void
6934 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
6935 {
6936   new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
6937 }
6938 
6939 void
6940 lang_startup (const char *name)
6941 {
6942   if (first_file->filename != NULL)
6943     {
6944       einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
6945     }
6946   first_file->filename = name;
6947   first_file->local_sym_name = name;
6948   first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
6949 }
6950 
6951 void
6952 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
6953 {
6954   lang_float_flag = maybe;
6955 }
6956 
6957 
6958 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
6959    store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
6960 
6961    MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
6962    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
6963    LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
6964    statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
6965    had an explicit load address.
6966 
6967    It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address.  */
6968 
6969 static void
6970 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
6971 		  lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
6972 		  const char *memspec,
6973 		  const char *lma_memspec,
6974 		  bfd_boolean have_lma,
6975 		  bfd_boolean have_vma)
6976 {
6977   *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
6978 
6979   /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
6980      has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
6981      as well.  */
6982   if (lma_memspec != NULL
6983       && ! have_vma
6984       && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
6985     *region = *lma_region;
6986   else
6987     *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
6988 
6989   if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
6990     einfo (_("%X%P:%S: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
6991 	   NULL);
6992 }
6993 
6994 void
6995 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
6996 				     lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
6997 				     const char *lma_memspec)
6998 {
6999   lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7000 		    &current_section->lma_region,
7001 		    memspec, lma_memspec,
7002 		    current_section->load_base != NULL,
7003 		    current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7004 
7005   /* If this section has no load region or base, but uses the same
7006      region as the previous section, then propagate the previous
7007      section's load region.  */
7008 
7009   if (current_section->lma_region == NULL
7010       && current_section->load_base == NULL
7011       && current_section->addr_tree == NULL
7012       && current_section->region == current_section->prev->region)
7013     current_section->lma_region = current_section->prev->lma_region;
7014 
7015   current_section->fill = fill;
7016   current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7017   pop_stat_ptr ();
7018 }
7019 
7020 void
7021 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7022 		       lang_statement_union_type *element,
7023 		       lang_statement_union_type **field)
7024 {
7025   *(list->tail) = element;
7026   list->tail = field;
7027 }
7028 
7029 /* Set the output format type.  -oformat overrides scripts.  */
7030 
7031 void
7032 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7033 			const char *big,
7034 			const char *little,
7035 			int from_script)
7036 {
7037   if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7038     {
7039       if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7040 	  && big != NULL)
7041 	format = big;
7042       else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7043 	       && little != NULL)
7044 	format = little;
7045 
7046       output_target = format;
7047     }
7048 }
7049 
7050 void
7051 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7052 {
7053   lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7054 
7055   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7056   new_stmt->where = where;
7057   new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7058   saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7059 }
7060 
7061 /* Enter a group.  This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7062    stat_ptr to build new statements within the group.  */
7063 
7064 void
7065 lang_enter_group (void)
7066 {
7067   lang_group_statement_type *g;
7068 
7069   g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7070   lang_list_init (&g->children);
7071   push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7072 }
7073 
7074 /* Leave a group.  This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7075    regular list of statements again.  Note that this will not work if
7076    groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7077    but currently they can't.  */
7078 
7079 void
7080 lang_leave_group (void)
7081 {
7082   pop_stat_ptr ();
7083 }
7084 
7085 /* Add a new program header.  This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7086    command in a linker script.  */
7087 
7088 void
7089 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7090 	       etree_type *type,
7091 	       bfd_boolean filehdr,
7092 	       bfd_boolean phdrs,
7093 	       etree_type *at,
7094 	       etree_type *flags)
7095 {
7096   struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7097   bfd_boolean hdrs;
7098 
7099   n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7100   n->next = NULL;
7101   n->name = name;
7102   n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type");
7103   n->filehdr = filehdr;
7104   n->phdrs = phdrs;
7105   n->at = at;
7106   n->flags = flags;
7107 
7108   hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7109 
7110   for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7111     if (hdrs
7112 	&& (*pp)->type == 1
7113 	&& !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7114       {
7115 	einfo (_("%X%P:%S: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7116 		 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7117 	hdrs = FALSE;
7118       }
7119 
7120   *pp = n;
7121 }
7122 
7123 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD.  FIXME: We
7124    should not be calling an ELF specific function here.  */
7125 
7126 static void
7127 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7128 {
7129   unsigned int alc;
7130   asection **secs;
7131   lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7132   struct lang_phdr *l;
7133   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7134 
7135   alc = 10;
7136   secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7137   last = NULL;
7138 
7139   for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7140     {
7141       unsigned int c;
7142       flagword flags;
7143       bfd_vma at;
7144 
7145       c = 0;
7146       for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7147 	   os != NULL;
7148 	   os = os->next)
7149 	{
7150 	  lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7151 
7152 	  if (os->constraint < 0)
7153 	    continue;
7154 
7155 	  pl = os->phdrs;
7156 	  if (pl != NULL)
7157 	    last = pl;
7158 	  else
7159 	    {
7160 	      if (os->sectype == noload_section
7161 		  || os->bfd_section == NULL
7162 		  || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7163 		continue;
7164 
7165 	      /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header.  */
7166 	      if (l->type == 3)
7167 		continue;
7168 
7169 	      if (last == NULL)
7170 		{
7171 		  lang_output_section_statement_type * tmp_os;
7172 
7173 		  /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7174 		     header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7175 		     one.  This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7176 		     behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7177 		     header and there are sections in that script which are
7178 		     not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7179 		     use of that header. See here for more details:
7180 		     http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html  */
7181 		  for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7182 		    if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7183 		      {
7184 			last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7185 			break;
7186 		      }
7187 		  if (last == NULL)
7188 		    einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7189 		}
7190 	      pl = last;
7191 	    }
7192 
7193 	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7194 	    continue;
7195 
7196 	  for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7197 	    {
7198 	      if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7199 		{
7200 		  if (c >= alc)
7201 		    {
7202 		      alc *= 2;
7203 		      secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7204 						     alc * sizeof (asection *));
7205 		    }
7206 		  secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
7207 		  ++c;
7208 		  pl->used = TRUE;
7209 		}
7210 	    }
7211 	}
7212 
7213       if (l->flags == NULL)
7214 	flags = 0;
7215       else
7216 	flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
7217 
7218       if (l->at == NULL)
7219 	at = 0;
7220       else
7221 	at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
7222 
7223       if (! bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
7224 			     l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
7225 			     at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
7226 	einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
7227     }
7228 
7229   free (secs);
7230 
7231   /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded.  */
7232   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7233        os != NULL;
7234        os = os->next)
7235     {
7236       lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7237 
7238       if (os->constraint < 0
7239 	  || os->bfd_section == NULL)
7240 	continue;
7241 
7242       for (pl = os->phdrs;
7243 	   pl != NULL;
7244 	   pl = pl->next)
7245 	if (! pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
7246 	  einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
7247 		 os->name, pl->name);
7248     }
7249 }
7250 
7251 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced.  */
7252 
7253 void
7254 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7255 {
7256   struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
7257 
7258   n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7259   n->next = nocrossref_list;
7260   n->list = l;
7261   nocrossref_list = n;
7262 
7263   /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols.  */
7264   link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
7265 }
7266 
7267 /* Overlay handling.  We handle overlays with some static variables.  */
7268 
7269 /* The overlay virtual address.  */
7270 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
7271 /* And subsection alignment.  */
7272 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
7273 
7274 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far.  */
7275 static etree_type *overlay_max;
7276 
7277 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay.  */
7278 
7279 struct overlay_list {
7280   struct overlay_list *next;
7281   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7282 };
7283 
7284 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
7285 
7286 /* Start handling an overlay.  */
7287 
7288 void
7289 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
7290 {
7291   /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring.  */
7292   ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
7293 	  && overlay_subalign == NULL
7294 	  && overlay_max == NULL);
7295 
7296   overlay_vma = vma_expr;
7297   overlay_subalign = subalign;
7298 }
7299 
7300 /* Start a section in an overlay.  We handle this by calling
7301    lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
7302    lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions.  */
7303 
7304 void
7305 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
7306 {
7307   struct overlay_list *n;
7308   etree_type *size;
7309 
7310   lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
7311 				       0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0);
7312 
7313   /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
7314      sections on this one.  This will work correctly even if `.' is
7315      used in the addresses.  */
7316   if (overlay_list == NULL)
7317     overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
7318 
7319   /* Remember the section.  */
7320   n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7321   n->os = current_section;
7322   n->next = overlay_list;
7323   overlay_list = n;
7324 
7325   size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
7326 
7327   /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address.  */
7328   if (overlay_max == NULL)
7329     overlay_max = size;
7330   else
7331     overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
7332 }
7333 
7334 /* Finish a section in an overlay.  There isn't any special to do
7335    here.  */
7336 
7337 void
7338 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
7339 			    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
7340 {
7341   const char *name;
7342   char *clean, *s2;
7343   const char *s1;
7344   char *buf;
7345 
7346   name = current_section->name;
7347 
7348   /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
7349      region and that no load-time region has been specified.  It doesn't
7350      really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
7351      override it.  */
7352   lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
7353 
7354   /* Define the magic symbols.  */
7355 
7356   clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7357   s2 = clean;
7358   for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
7359     if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
7360       *s2++ = *s1;
7361   *s2 = '\0';
7362 
7363   buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
7364   sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
7365   lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7366 				    exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7367 				    FALSE));
7368 
7369   buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
7370   sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
7371   lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7372 				    exp_binop ('+',
7373 					       exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7374 					       exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
7375 				    FALSE));
7376 
7377   free (clean);
7378 }
7379 
7380 /* Finish an overlay.  If there are any overlay wide settings, this
7381    looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them.  */
7382 
7383 void
7384 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
7385 		    int nocrossrefs,
7386 		    fill_type *fill,
7387 		    const char *memspec,
7388 		    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7389 		    const char *lma_memspec)
7390 {
7391   lang_memory_region_type *region;
7392   lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
7393   struct overlay_list *l;
7394   lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
7395 
7396   lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
7397 		    memspec, lma_memspec,
7398 		    lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
7399 
7400   nocrossref = NULL;
7401 
7402   /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
7403      overlay region.  */
7404   if (overlay_list != NULL)
7405     {
7406       overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
7407       overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
7408 	= exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
7409     }
7410 
7411   l = overlay_list;
7412   while (l != NULL)
7413     {
7414       struct overlay_list *next;
7415 
7416       if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
7417 	l->os->fill = fill;
7418 
7419       l->os->region = region;
7420       l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
7421 
7422       /* The first section has the load address specified in the
7423 	 OVERLAY statement.  The rest are worked out from that.
7424 	 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
7425 	 an LMA region was specified.  */
7426       if (l->next == 0)
7427 	{
7428 	  l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
7429 	  l->os->sectype = normal_section;
7430 	}
7431       if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
7432 	l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
7433 
7434       if (nocrossrefs)
7435 	{
7436 	  lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
7437 
7438 	  nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
7439 	  nc->name = l->os->name;
7440 	  nc->next = nocrossref;
7441 	  nocrossref = nc;
7442 	}
7443 
7444       next = l->next;
7445       free (l);
7446       l = next;
7447     }
7448 
7449   if (nocrossref != NULL)
7450     lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
7451 
7452   overlay_vma = NULL;
7453   overlay_list = NULL;
7454   overlay_max = NULL;
7455 }
7456 
7457 /* Version handling.  This is only useful for ELF.  */
7458 
7459 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
7460    If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
7461    symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match).  */
7462 
7463 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
7464 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
7465 		 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
7466 		 const char *sym)
7467 {
7468   const char *c_sym;
7469   const char *cxx_sym = sym;
7470   const char *java_sym = sym;
7471   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
7472   enum demangling_styles curr_style;
7473 
7474   curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
7475   cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
7476   c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
7477   if (!c_sym)
7478     c_sym = sym;
7479   cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
7480 
7481   if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7482     {
7483       cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
7484 			      DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
7485       if (!cxx_sym)
7486 	cxx_sym = sym;
7487     }
7488   if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7489     {
7490       java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
7491       if (!java_sym)
7492 	java_sym = sym;
7493     }
7494 
7495   if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
7496     {
7497       struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
7498 
7499       switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
7500 	{
7501 	case 0:
7502 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
7503 	    {
7504 	      e.pattern = c_sym;
7505 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7506 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7507 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
7508 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
7509 		  goto out_ret;
7510 		else
7511 		  expr = expr->next;
7512 	    }
7513 	  /* Fallthrough */
7514 	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
7515 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7516 	    {
7517 	      e.pattern = cxx_sym;
7518 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7519 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7520 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
7521 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7522 		  goto out_ret;
7523 		else
7524 		  expr = expr->next;
7525 	    }
7526 	  /* Fallthrough */
7527 	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
7528 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7529 	    {
7530 	      e.pattern = java_sym;
7531 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7532 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7533 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
7534 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7535 		  goto out_ret;
7536 		else
7537 		  expr = expr->next;
7538 	    }
7539 	  /* Fallthrough */
7540 	default:
7541 	  break;
7542 	}
7543     }
7544 
7545   /* Finally, try the wildcards.  */
7546   if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
7547     expr = head->remaining;
7548   else
7549     expr = prev->next;
7550   for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
7551     {
7552       const char *s;
7553 
7554       if (!expr->pattern)
7555 	continue;
7556 
7557       if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
7558 	break;
7559 
7560       if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7561 	s = java_sym;
7562       else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7563 	s = cxx_sym;
7564       else
7565 	s = c_sym;
7566       if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
7567 	break;
7568     }
7569 
7570  out_ret:
7571   if (c_sym != sym)
7572     free ((char *) c_sym);
7573   if (cxx_sym != sym)
7574     free ((char *) cxx_sym);
7575   if (java_sym != sym)
7576     free ((char *) java_sym);
7577   return expr;
7578 }
7579 
7580 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
7581    return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed.  */
7582 
7583 static const char *
7584 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
7585 {
7586   const char *p;
7587   bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
7588   char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
7589 
7590   for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
7591     {
7592       /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
7593 	 backslash.  */
7594       if (backslash)
7595 	{
7596 	  /* Remove the preceding backslash.  */
7597 	  *(s - 1) = *p;
7598 	  backslash = FALSE;
7599 	  changed = TRUE;
7600 	}
7601       else
7602 	{
7603 	  if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
7604 	    {
7605 	      free (symbol);
7606 	      return NULL;
7607 	    }
7608 
7609 	  *s++ = *p;
7610 	  backslash = *p == '\\';
7611 	}
7612     }
7613 
7614   if (changed)
7615     {
7616       *s = '\0';
7617       return symbol;
7618     }
7619   else
7620     {
7621       free (symbol);
7622       return pattern;
7623     }
7624 }
7625 
7626 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression.  NEW_NAME is
7627    the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
7628    pattern to be matched against symbol names.  */
7629 
7630 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
7631 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
7632 		       const char *new_name,
7633 		       const char *lang,
7634 		       bfd_boolean literal_p)
7635 {
7636   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
7637 
7638   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
7639   ret->next = orig;
7640   ret->symver = 0;
7641   ret->script = 0;
7642   ret->literal = TRUE;
7643   ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
7644   if (ret->pattern == NULL)
7645     {
7646       ret->pattern = new_name;
7647       ret->literal = FALSE;
7648     }
7649 
7650   if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
7651     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
7652   else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
7653     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
7654   else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
7655     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
7656   else
7657     {
7658       einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
7659 	     lang);
7660       ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
7661     }
7662 
7663   return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
7664 }
7665 
7666 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
7667    expressions.  */
7668 
7669 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
7670 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
7671 		    struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
7672 {
7673   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
7674 
7675   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
7676   ret->globals.list = globals;
7677   ret->locals.list = locals;
7678   ret->match = lang_vers_match;
7679   ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
7680   return ret;
7681 }
7682 
7683 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices.  */
7684 
7685 static int version_index;
7686 
7687 static hashval_t
7688 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
7689 {
7690   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
7691       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
7692 
7693   return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
7694 }
7695 
7696 static int
7697 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7698 {
7699   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
7700       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
7701   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
7702       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
7703 
7704   return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
7705 }
7706 
7707 static void
7708 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
7709 {
7710   size_t count = 0;
7711   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
7712   struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
7713 
7714   for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
7715     {
7716       if (e->literal)
7717 	count++;
7718       head->mask |= e->mask;
7719     }
7720 
7721   if (count)
7722     {
7723       head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
7724 				version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
7725       list_loc = &head->list;
7726       remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
7727       for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
7728 	{
7729 	  next = e->next;
7730 	  if (!e->literal)
7731 	    {
7732 	      *remaining_loc = e;
7733 	      remaining_loc = &e->next;
7734 	    }
7735 	  else
7736 	    {
7737 	      void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
7738 
7739 	      if (*loc)
7740 		{
7741 		  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
7742 
7743 		  e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
7744 		  last = NULL;
7745 		  do
7746 		    {
7747 		      if (e1->mask == e->mask)
7748 			{
7749 			  last = NULL;
7750 			  break;
7751 			}
7752 		      last = e1;
7753 		      e1 = e1->next;
7754 		    }
7755 		  while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
7756 
7757 		  if (last == NULL)
7758 		    {
7759 		      /* This is a duplicate.  */
7760 		      /* FIXME: Memory leak.  Sometimes pattern is not
7761 			 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory.  */
7762 		      /* free (e->pattern); */
7763 		      free (e);
7764 		    }
7765 		  else
7766 		    {
7767 		      e->next = last->next;
7768 		      last->next = e;
7769 		    }
7770 		}
7771 	      else
7772 		{
7773 		  *loc = e;
7774 		  *list_loc = e;
7775 		  list_loc = &e->next;
7776 		}
7777 	    }
7778 	}
7779       *remaining_loc = NULL;
7780       *list_loc = head->remaining;
7781     }
7782   else
7783     head->remaining = head->list;
7784 }
7785 
7786 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
7787    version.  */
7788 
7789 void
7790 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
7791 			 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
7792 			 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
7793 {
7794   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
7795   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
7796 
7797   if (name == NULL)
7798     name = "";
7799 
7800   if (link_info.version_info != NULL
7801       && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
7802     {
7803       einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
7804 	       " with other version tags\n"));
7805       free (version);
7806       return;
7807     }
7808 
7809   /* Make sure this node has a unique name.  */
7810   for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7811     if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
7812       einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
7813 
7814   lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
7815   lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
7816 
7817   /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
7818      aren't any duplicates.  */
7819 
7820   for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
7821     {
7822       for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7823 	{
7824 	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
7825 
7826 	  if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
7827 	    {
7828 	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7829 		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
7830 	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
7831 		{
7832 		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
7833 		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7834 			     " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
7835 		  e2 = e2->next;
7836 		}
7837 	    }
7838 	  else if (!e1->literal)
7839 	    for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
7840 	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
7841 		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
7842 		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7843 			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
7844 	}
7845     }
7846 
7847   for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
7848     {
7849       for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7850 	{
7851 	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
7852 
7853 	  if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
7854 	    {
7855 	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7856 		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
7857 	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
7858 		{
7859 		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
7860 		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7861 			     " in version information\n"),
7862 			   e1->pattern);
7863 		  e2 = e2->next;
7864 		}
7865 	    }
7866 	  else if (!e1->literal)
7867 	    for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
7868 	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
7869 		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
7870 		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7871 			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
7872 	}
7873     }
7874 
7875   version->deps = deps;
7876   version->name = name;
7877   if (name[0] != '\0')
7878     {
7879       ++version_index;
7880       version->vernum = version_index;
7881     }
7882   else
7883     version->vernum = 0;
7884 
7885   for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7886     ;
7887   *pp = version;
7888 }
7889 
7890 /* This is called when we see a version dependency.  */
7891 
7892 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
7893 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
7894 {
7895   struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
7896   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
7897 
7898   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
7899   ret->next = list;
7900 
7901   for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7902     {
7903       if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
7904 	{
7905 	  ret->version_needed = t;
7906 	  return ret;
7907 	}
7908     }
7909 
7910   einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
7911 
7912   ret->version_needed = NULL;
7913   return ret;
7914 }
7915 
7916 static void
7917 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
7918 {
7919   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
7920 
7921   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
7922     {
7923       asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
7924       char *contents, *p;
7925       bfd_size_type len;
7926 
7927       if (sec == NULL)
7928 	continue;
7929 
7930       len = sec->size;
7931       contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
7932       if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
7933 	einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
7934 
7935       p = contents;
7936       while (p < contents + len)
7937 	{
7938 	  greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
7939 	  p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
7940 	}
7941 
7942       /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex.  */
7943 
7944       /* Do not include this section in the link.  */
7945       sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
7946     }
7947 
7948   lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
7949   lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
7950 			   lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
7951 }
7952 
7953 void
7954 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
7955 {
7956   struct unique_sections *ent;
7957 
7958   for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
7959     if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
7960       return;
7961 
7962   ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
7963   ent->name = xstrdup (name);
7964   ent->next = unique_section_list;
7965   unique_section_list = ent;
7966 }
7967 
7968 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one.  */
7969 
7970 void
7971 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
7972 {
7973   if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7974     {
7975       struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
7976       for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
7977 	;
7978       tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
7979       link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
7980     }
7981   else
7982     {
7983       struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
7984 
7985       d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
7986       d->head.list = dynamic;
7987       d->match = lang_vers_match;
7988       link_info.dynamic_list = d;
7989     }
7990 }
7991 
7992 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
7993    one.  */
7994 
7995 void
7996 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
7997 {
7998   const char * symbols [] =
7999     {
8000       "typeinfo name for*",
8001       "typeinfo for*"
8002     };
8003   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8004   unsigned int i;
8005 
8006   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8007     dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8008 				     FALSE);
8009 
8010   lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8011 }
8012 
8013 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8014    existing one.  */
8015 
8016 void
8017 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8018 {
8019   const char * symbols [] =
8020     {
8021       "operator new*",
8022       "operator delete*"
8023     };
8024   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8025   unsigned int i;
8026 
8027   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8028     dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8029 				     FALSE);
8030 
8031   lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8032 }
8033 
8034 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features.  */
8035 
8036 void
8037 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8038 {
8039   char *p, *q;
8040 
8041   p = str;
8042   while (*p)
8043     {
8044       char sep;
8045       while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8046 	++p;
8047       if (!*p)
8048 	break;
8049       q = p + 1;
8050       while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8051 	++q;
8052       sep = *q;
8053       *q = 0;
8054       if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8055 	config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8056       else
8057 	einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8058       *q = sep;
8059       p = q;
8060     }
8061 }
8062